P. 1
Manual on Small Earth Dams

Manual on Small Earth Dams

|Views: 18|Likes:
Published by mohsenirrigation

More info:

Published by: mohsenirrigation on May 18, 2012
Copyright:Attribution Non-commercial

Availability:

Read on Scribd mobile: iPhone, iPad and Android.
download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
See more
See less

11/10/2014

pdf

text

original

I

S
S
N

0
2
5
4
-
5
2
8
4



FAO
IRRIGATION
AND
DRAINAGE
PAPER
64
Manual on
small earth dams
A guide to siting, design and construction

6
4
F
A
O
M
a
n
u
a
l

o
n

s
m
a
l
l

e
a
r
t
h

d
a
m
s

-

A

g
u
i
d
e

t
o

s
i
t
i
n
g
,

d
e
s
i
g
n

a
n
d

c
o
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
i
o
n
Manual on
small earth dams
A guide to siting, design and construction
FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS
Rome, 2010
FAO
IRRIGATION
AND
DRAINAGE
PAPER
64
by
Tim Stephens
Investment Centre Division
This manual has been prepared to help practitioners design and construct small earth dams in
rural areas. It reflects FAO’s and the author’s best judgement and knowledge on the subject.
Every reasonable effort has been taken to ensure that the information contained in this manual is
complete, accurate and correct. FAO declines responsibility for any error or omission and in no
event shall FAO be liable for any loss of business or profit, or for any direct or indirect, incidental
or consequential damages arising out of any use of this manual. If users require engineering or
other professional services, the assistance of an appropriate professional should be sought.
The Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations encourages the dissemination of
material contained in this publication, provided that reference is made to the source.
The designations employed and the presentation of material in this information product do
not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of the Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations (FAO) concerning the legal or development status of any
country, territory, city or area or of its authorities, or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers
or boundaries. The mention of specific companies or products of manufacturers, whether or not
these have been patented, does not imply that these have been endorsed or recommended by FAO
in preference to others of a similar nature that are not mentioned. The views expressed in this
information product are those of the author(s) and do not necessarily reflect the views of FAO.
ISBN 978-92-5-106547-1
All rights reserved. Reproduction and dissemination of material in this information product
for educational or other non-commercial purposes are authorized without any prior written
permission from the copyright holders provided the source is fully acknowledged. Reproduction
of material in this information product for resale or other commercial purposes is prohibited
without written permission of the copyright holders. Applications for such permission should be
addressed to the Chief, Publishing Policy and Support Branch, Office of Knowledge Exchange,
Research and Extension, FAO, Viale delle Terme di Caracalla, 00153 Rome, Italy. Or by e-mail to:
copyright@fao.org
© FAO 2010
III
Contents
Acknowledgements vi
Acronyms, abbreviations and symbols vii
1 Introduction 1
2 Background 3
2.1 Introduction 5
2.2 Safety aspects and scope of the manual 5
2.3 Irrigation dams 6
2.4 Community participation 8
2.5 Social and gender aspects 9
2.6 The USBR manual on small dams 10
3 Earth embankments 11
3.1 Introduction 13
3.2 The homogeneous embankment 13
3.3 The zoned embankment 15
3.4 Cutoff trench and core 16
4 Earth works 19
4.1 Investigations 21
4.2 Soils 24
4.3 Mechanical analysis 26
4.4 Laboratory tests 26
4.5 Borrow areas 27
5 Site selection and preliminary investigations 29
5.1 Introduction 31
5.2 Aerial photography 31
5.3 Field visits 32
5.4 Preliminary surveys 33
5.5 Catchment yield 33
5.6 Storage capacity 33
5.7 Preliminary volume of earthwork 34
5.8 Catchment area and spillway dimensions 34
5.9 Peak floods 36
5.10 Calculating the PMF using the rational method 36
5.11 Estimates of storage required 39
6 Detailed design 41
6.1 Introduction 43
6.2 Contour survey 43
6.3 Revised capacity 44
6.4 Revised volume of earthworks 44
6.5 Design drawings 47
6.6 Estimated cost of dam construction 48
IV
6.7 Outlet works 48
6.8 The embankment 52
6.9 Freeboard 53
6.10 Core depth and thickness 53
6.11 Crest width 53
6.12 Settlement allowance 54
6.13 Stone pitching and training banks 54
6.14 Seepage 54
6.15 Filters and drains 54
6.16 Environmental issues 56
7 Dam construction 59
7.1 Setting out the dam site 61
7.2 Plant and equipment 63
7.3 Compaction equipment and techniques 63
7.4 Site clearing and preparation 65
7.5 Settlement 65
7.6 Spillway 66
7.7 Constructing the embankment 66
8 Special cases 69
8.1 Introduction 71
8.2 Earth embankment on rock foundation 71
8.3 Earth embankment using poor earthwork material 72
8.4 An existing embankment with seepage problems 72
8.5 Masonry centre spill dams 72
8.6 Bulldozer dams 73
8.7 Dams in low rainfall areas 74
8.8 Estimating capacity in a raised dam 75
9 Finishing works 77
9.1 Introduction 79
9.2 Inspection requirements 79
9.3 Training banks 80
9.4 Other works 80
9.5 Maintenance procedures 80
9.6 Trees and bushes 84
9.7 Erosion 84
9.8 Termites and animal burrows 85
10 Repair work 87
10.1 Introduction 89
10.2 Structural defects 89
10.3 Non structural defects 93
Bibliography 95
Glossary 96
Annex 1
Procurement guidelines for tender
preparation, evaluation and award of contract 101
V
Annex 2
Cost benefit analysis 109
Annex 3
Fish production in farm dams 112
Annex 4
Examples of standard drawings 115
VI
Acknowledgements
The preparation of this book was funded by the Investment Centre Division
and the Land and Water Division of the Food and Agriculture Organization
(FAO) with initial financial support from the World Bank-funded Country Water
Resources Assistance Strategy in Zambia.
The author wishes to acknowledge the support provided by many colleagues who
contributed valuable insights, advice, criticism and editorial comments as well as
photographs. M. Henri Tardieu is gratefully remembered for his technical review,
the Dew Point DFID Development Resource Centre for Environment, Water and
Sanitation for facilitation of a review of the manual by Professors R. Carter and
M. Hann, colleagues in the Investment Centre and Land and Water Division of
FAO, and to Jose Luis Castilla Civit and Jim Morgan for the formatting, layout
and graphic design work.
This manual is based in parts on a publication by the author on the same subject
and published by Cranfield Press (Stephens, 1991).
VII
Acronyms, abbreviations and symbols
A Area of the catchment (km
2
)
A’ Area of the reservoir at full supply level (ha or m
2
)
CAP Crisis Action Plan
D Maximum depth of spillway at the crest
DFID UK Department for International Development
ESP Exchangable sodium percentage
FSL Full supply level
GPS Global positioning system
L Length of the dam at full supply level
H Crest height of dam at full supply level (m)
H’ Maximum height of dam at full supply level (m)
H’’ Freeboard height (m)
PMF Probable maximum flood
Q Dam capacity (m
3
)
T Throwback (m)
UNFPA United Nations Population Fund
USBR United States Bureau of Reclamation
USDA United States Department of Agriculture
Y Catchment yield (m
3
)

Introduction 1
1. Introduction 1
1 Introduction
This manual is designed specifically for engineers, technicians and extension
workers involved in agriculture, commercial farmers and contractors – all with
some understanding of engineering and some experience of dams, irrigation and
water supply – involved in the siting, design and construction of small earth dams
in the drier parts of the African continent. Such dams are suitable for supplying
water to irrigation schemes, for rural and other water supplies (when properly
treated) and for conservation measures.
The manual is derived from the author’s many years of experience in dam design
and construction in a number of countries in west, central and southern Africa and
has been drafted with a view to providing, for the first time in this field, a colla-
tion of practical and useful guidelines for siting, designing and constructing small
dams. Although derived from training and experience in Africa, the manual will
be applicable to many other parts of the world and hence its publication by FAO.
Thus, the manual essentially provides a comprehensive and pragmatic means for
the practical understanding of the principles and procedures used in small earth
dam construction and for the users to safely and competently construct small dams
without recourse to the costly, complex and sophisticated design and construction
techniques associated with dams on larger catchments.
The manual includes an introduction to community participation, social and
gender issues in siting, constructing and operating dams, environmental issues and
fish production as well as sections on costing dams, tendering for construction and
awarding contracts.
Background 2
2. Background 5
2 Background
2.1 INTRODUCTION
In many tropical, subtropical and Mediterranean climates, dry season agriculture
and the pre-rainy season establishment of food and cash crops cannot be under-
taken without large quantities of water. To rely upon streamflow at a time when
temperatures and evaporation are often at a peak can be unrealistic and risky. It
may become essential for a dam to be constructed on a river or stream to allow for
off-season storage of vital water supplies. Although primarily for irrigation, such
structures can be used, either separately or combined, for fish farming
1
, stock and
domestic water purposes, drainage sumps, groundwater recharge, flood ameliora-
tion and conservation storage.
2.2 SAFETY ASPECTS AND SCOPE OF THE MANUAL
In all dam construction, safety must be given priority and users of this manual
should follow the guidelines below:
¼Users should restrict themselves to the construction of earth dams no higher
than 5 m from streambed to finished crest level.
¼Dams on catchment areas exceeding 25 km
2
or with reservoir areas storing
more than 50 000 m
3
may require the advice of a hydrologist to assist in the
design of spillways and other outlets and for the estimation of freeboard.
¼No spillway should be less than 10 m wide and 1 m deep for catchments up
to 5 km
2
and should be at least 15 m wide and 1.5 m deep for catchments
exceeding this area.
¼Any dam that involves out of the ordinary topography (i.e. steep slopes
upstream, risks of landslips), hydrology (i.e. flash floods, droughts, snowmelt)
or soils (i.e. poor quality soils, sodic soils, permeable layers in the soil, bare
earth surfaces in the catchment) should only be designed and constructed
under the supervision of a qualified engineer.
Before any dam is constructed, an assessment of the hazard potential should be
made. This section and Table 1 provides guidelines:
Table 1: Hazard potential
Loss of life Economic loss Hazard potential
Almost impossible Negligible None
Extremely unlikely Minimal Very low
Improbable Marginal Low
Possible Appreciable Moderate
Probable Excessive High
A dam that is assessed with a high hazard potential should not be built without
guidance, for both the design and construction, from a qualified engineer. Dams
assessed as having moderate
2
or low hazard potential may need design modifica-
1 Refer to Annex 3 for more information.
2 Sometimes an extra category ‘significant’ is added to this sort of table between high and moderate.
Equally the word hazard can be changed to risk.
Manual on small earth dams 6
tions, including increasing the return period for the design flood, to mitigate the
perceived risks, improve stability and reduce susceptibility to flood flows or over-
topping.
Increasing freeboard or designing the spillway for the passage of larger flood flows
(including having ‘emergency spillways’) can reduce risks to dams from extreme
rainfall events. Other modifications that can be made to the embankment are
designing for flatter, more stable slopes (especially on poorer foundations or when
using poorer earth materials), the introduction of seepage relief measures such as
drains and filters and additional mechanisms to permit the release of water from
the dam to lower water levels at times of hazard. This is further discussed below.
For all dams, except those assessed with no hazard potential, a Crisis Action Plan
(CAP) should always be prepared. At a minimum this will comprise:
¼Contact names and telephone numbers (owner of the dam, authorities
downstream, police and emergency services and others) to call if the dam is
damaged, develops problems or is considered unstable.
¼Information on possible areas likely to be affected downstream (estimated
area of inundation) should the dam fail or significant amounts of water
require immediate release from gates, drains or outlets. A map to illustrate
various levels of inundation (with estimates of timings for any flood wave)
should be prepared and be available.
¼A list of names, addresses and telephone numbers (keep this up to date)
of inhabitants living immediately downstream of the dam and within the
estimated area of inundation.
¼The CAP should be periodically updated to take into account changes in
land use downstream and any changes to the catchment upstream.
¼Plans for warning and emergency evacuation, including the provision of
safe routes to follow in case of flooding/dam failure. Immediate evacuation
should take priority over any other action should the stability of the dam be
threatened.
¼Information on resources to use and procedures to follow for emergency
repairs. This should include a list of civil engineering contractors, equipment
and materials’ suppliers and engineers available locally.
Finally, when a dam is no longer required, or is considered no longer viable, it
should be made safe. This could include safely breaching the embankment and
returning the river to (as far as possible) its natural state or converting the dam
into a conservation structure with a programme of inspection and maintenance to
ensure it does not become neglected and eventually a risk to downstream areas.
2.3 IRRIGATION DAMS
The financial benefits from the cultivation of land in many parts of the world are
rarely large enough to allow for expensive, technologically advanced concrete
structures to be built for impounding water, whether on- or off-stream, and the
alternative is normally an earth dam or simple weir.
The actual usable storage capacity of such a reservoir must be greater than the net
demand over a season for a crop and must take the following factors into account:
2. Background 7
¼The storage should be below the calculated yield of the catchment in a dry
year or based on an acceptable average minimal yield over a period of years.
¼Irrigation requirement, which will vary according to the time of year, crop
and irrigation efficiency, evapotranspiration rates and other climatic factors.
Consultation with local farmers, agriculturalists and climatologists will
allow estimates to be made of the total amount of water required per hectare
cultivated. For example, wheat grown in a sub-tropical dry season winter
in southern Africa will require 5 000 to 6 000 m
3
of water per hectare per
100-120 day season.
¼Evaporation losses can be high and will depend upon climate
3
and the surface
area of the stored water. A narrow deep reservoir will have a much smaller
evaporation loss than a broad shallow reservoir, and as evaporation can vary
from 0.3 m to 2.5 m per annum from temperate to arid climates, this can be a
very important design consideration.
¼Seepage will always occur with an earth dam and will depend upon site soil
conditions, the embankment itself and the depth of the water.
¼Dead storage is the name given to that part of the reservoir that cannot be
drained by an outlet or by pumping. The latter depends largely on the suction
arrangements of the pumping set up – a ‘flooded’ suction through the dam
wall will result in very little dead storage whereas pumps located on the side
of the reservoir or the embankment will never bring the water level to zero.
Note should be taken that it is not always wise to drain a dam completely,
most especially if ‘cracking clays’ have been used in the embankment, core or
reservoir floor.
Thus, the anticipated irrigation demand from a dam must be linked to the yield
of the catchment in any one year. For semi-arid and arid areas it may be wise to
estimate a dry year catchment yield and use this for calculating the amount of water
available for irrigation or other uses.
Embankment dams have many advantages over equivalent concrete structures and
are most appropriate for farm or other rural situations. Dams up to 15 m high,
when built on suitable sites and correctly designed and constructed using good
earthworks materials, can be built using relatively unsophisticated design proce-
dures and equipment. Farm tractors (equipped with dam scoops, scrapers and
rollers) are usually adequate for the construction of such an earth dam which, once
completed, should generally have cost less than a concrete wall, with its attendant
complex design and construction procedures.
Smaller earth dams require minimal maintenance (unless in difficult locations or in
extraordinary climatic situations), and are better able to withstand foundation and
abutment movements than the more rigid concrete and masonry structures.
Further advantage can be gained by constructing the embankment from material
excavated from the reservoir area. This provides a small increase in storage
capacity and reduces costs. Construction on a layer-by-layer basis will allow for
good compaction and stability and, spillway parameters permitting, for a flexible
timetable of construction to be introduced. Compaction is an essential part of
the construction process whatever the size of the embankment and should not be
ignored – always pay more for the equipment needed as this cost will be recouped
3 Evaporation from dams in South Africa is estimated at 25–30 percent of the water stored per annum.
Manual on small earth dams 8
by the construction of a better, safer and more stable structure. Construction can
be scheduled to fit in with climatic factors and plant and equipment constraints. It
is not uncommon for the part of the core below ground, and perhaps the spillway,
to be constructed in one dry season and the remaining embankment, training banks
and outlet works to be completed in the next. In such staged construction it is
essential that, at whatever height the wall is stopped in the first season, a spillway,
whether temporary or permanent, is built to divert flood flows safely away from
the partially completed structures.
Where farm machinery is being used, the construction schedule can be tailored to
fit in with other farm uses to avoid tying up machinery at the expense of agricul-
tural production. It is extremely important that all equipment used in excavation
and construction is in perfect condition. A breakdown during a tightly scheduled
programme can disrupt staggered procedures, delay completion up to another
season and introduce expenses that could have been avoided by simple mainte-
nance procedures. Similarly, when farm machinery is used, it is wise to allow for
a complete overhaul of all mechanical and hydraulic systems following comple-
tion of the dam when working out costs. For example, the process of scooping
and moving heavy clays consistently over long periods is particularly wearing on
tractor engines and gearboxes and, if maintenance is ignored, major problems may
occur later in carrying out conventional farm activities.
An earth dam will be unique to an individual site; although special emphasis will
have been given to local conditions, certain guidelines and generalities can be
applied to all dams. When followed, such guidelines will allow for the safe and
economic construction of embankments. It must be stressed that, although most
of the procedures are simple, and more a matter of common sense than advanced
engineering knowledge, if the safety of any design or construction element is in
question, a competent civil engineer must be consulted. A failed dam, however
small, is not only a matter of a lost structure but can result in loss of life and
considerable expense for those downstream. All procedures therefore, in selecting,
designing and building dams must be followed to the highest standards possible.
Far too many earth dams are built with a disregard to engineering practice and
to local regulations. Water rights and abstraction licences exist in many countries
and these should be applied for before construction starts. These not only regulate
the amounts of water that can be stored within or abstracted from a river system
but also allow inspection and control of dam building to maintain standards of
safety and construction. Similarly, most countries in Africa and elsewhere, have
environmental regulations to follow, either for applying for a water right or for the
approval of the physical construction of a dam.
Guidelines also need to be followed if the dams are to be constructed by contrac-
tors and Annex 1 provides general advice on procurement, tender preparation,
evaluation and award of contract.
2.4 COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION
For dams being sponsored by governments or other agencies for community oper-
ation and management, whether for agriculture or water supply, it is essential to
consult local people. Try to obtain a representative view, not that of just landown-
ers or important people in a community, but also those who will be most directly
affected or benefit from any dam, to determine their needs and views. This is
particularly important where the community is expected to contribute towards the
2. Background 9
siting and construction (i.e. with the provision of land, their labour and possibly
local materials) operation and maintenance of the dam. Responsible ownership of
the dam and its catchment by the community, even if the dam is to be built by an
outside agency, is vital for future maintenance and longevity of the structure.
Social and gender issues should be considered at this time and throughout the
design and construction process. Men and women differ in their preference and
needs for water and will be affected differently when the dam is finished and is
storing water. It is important not to constrain the participation of women or the
poor in decision making, in membership of groups associated with the dam (and
any irrigation scheme) and in evaluating changes that will occur in workloads for
men and women following the introduction of the dam and its related infrastruc-
ture. Section 2.5 provides further guidelines on this.
The establishment of dam committees at an early stage is strongly recommended.
The main users of the dam should be well represented on this committee – in Africa
women are often responsible for drawing water and should therefore be consulted
on the site to be selected and be included in the committee. The same committee
should later be converted to the operation and maintenance committee once the
dam has been completed.
Training local people in all aspects of dam repair and maintenance may need to
be included in the construction programme. Where local participation is expected
in the construction process any contracts awarded to private contractors should
clearly define all contributions to be made by the community and the contrac-
tors asked to modify their work programmes and practices accordingly. This may
lengthen the construction period and increase costs but may prove worthwhile
in the long term in enhancing ownership responsibilities and skills amongst the
beneficiaries.
2.5 SOCIAL AND GENDER ASPECTS
In most countries land and water rights are closely related, although water is often a
public good, and therefore its use is associated with permits, concessions, and other
tenure systems. Irrigated and rainfed land is the main source of livelihood for many
rural populations. Women have much less access to this essential asset than men.
The distribution of water and land is a major determinant of poverty.
Women and girls are typically responsible for collecting water for daily needs.
This includes water for drinking, livestock, cooking, cleaning and overall health
and hygiene within the household. According to the United Nations Population
Fund (UNFPA), in 2002, women in many developing countries walked an average
of 6 km a day to collect water. In southern Africa, migration of men from rural
areas has led to an increase in women-headed households and an overburdening
of women with tasks of maintaining households as well as farms. The availability
of clean water close to home saves women’s and girls’ time, which can be spent on
other productive and human development activities, such as crop production and
education. Equally, it must be clear that the development of any irrigation scheme
should not onerously increase the work load of both men and women.
Clear water rights lead to improved access to water, which is critical for maintaining
good health and a sustainable livelihood. Studies from Africa show that both rural
and urban women are engaged in small-scale enterprises and that improved access
to water would help them to pursue these activities more effectively. Water quality
Manual on small earth dams 10
is very important in this context for the health standards of the whole household.
Planning projects for multipurpose use of water requires a thorough investigation
of the non-agricultural uses and, in particular, an assessment of women’s needs.
Designing for a safe and hygienic water supply from dams is thus important.
Protected shallow wells or boreholes, fitted with hand pumps, downstream of the
embankment, to benefit from any underground seepage, can be useful combined
with restricting access to the reservoir (fencing). Alternatively, a pipe though the
embankment (installed at the time of construction) with a simple sand filter and
water outlets for domestic and livestock uses could be considered. All designs
and installations must be completed with the full participation of the end users to
ensure that they are appropriate and sustainable.
To identify key issues in social and gender aspects, and to assist in evaluating antici-
pated impacts that any project may bring about, FAO has guidelines for the social
analysis of investment in agriculture and rural development. The Gender in agri-
culture sourcebook, (World Bank, et al., 2009) is another useful reference on this.
2.6 THE USBR MANUAL ON SMALL DAMS
The reference text for dam construction is the United States Department of the
Interior Bureau of Reclamation (USBR) Manual on the design of small dams
(2006), and applicable to small dams constructed in the United States. ‘Small’ dams
so defined are up to 90 m high. The technologies, procedures and methods of
design and construction provided are tailored for such dams. Many of the design
and construction procedures are not applicable to smaller ‘farm’ dams and cannot
be downsized to become appropriate to the less sophisticated techniques and
methodologies required. The USBR Manual is designed to be used by qualified,
experienced engineers working on a range of dams and on large catchments in the
United States. It is a useful reference but is not directly applicable to the small dams
the present manual is targeting.
Earth embankments 3
3 Earth embankments 13
3 Earth embankments
3.1 INTRODUCTION
Earth embankments have been used since the earliest times to impound and divert
water. They are simple compacted structures that rely on their mass to resist sliding and
overturning and are the most common type of dam found worldwide. Modern haulage
methods and developments in soil mechanics since the end of the nineteenth century
have greatly increased the safety and life of these structures.
The main advantages involved in the construction of small earth dams are:
¼Local natural materials are used.
¼Design procedures are straightforward.
¼Comparatively small plant and equipment are required.
¼Foundation requirements are less stringent than for other types of dam. The
broad base of an earth dam spreads the load on the foundation.
¼Earthfill dams resist settlement and movement better than more rigid
structures and can be more suitable for areas where earth movements are
common.
However, disadvantages also exist and these are:
¼An earth embankment is easily damaged or destroyed by water flowing on,
over or against it. Thus, a spillway and adequate upstream protection are
essential for any earth dam.
¼Designing and constructing adequate spillways is usually the most technically
difficult part of any dam building work. Any site with a poor quality spillway
should not be used.
¼If not adequately compacted during construction, the dam will offer weak
structural integrity, offering possible pathways for preferential seepage.
¼Earth dams require continual maintenance to prevent erosion, tree growth,
subsidence, animal and insect damage and seepage.
The earliest embankments were constructed on the principle of a solid wall of
earth, whether impervious or not, across a stream or river. When built properly,
such homogeneous embankments can still be cheap and reliable. They are,
however, generally inferior to the modern method of zoned construction in which
an embankment is built in three sections:
¼upstream and relatively impermeable section;
¼central core or hearting of highly impermeable material (which, with any
below ground cutoff, will effectively seal the dam against seepage); and
¼downstream section of poorer, coarser material that allows freer drainage of
the structure and which, by its weight, anchors the complete embankment to
its foundation and prevents slip and other movement.
Manual on small earth dams 14
3.2 THE HOMOGENEOUS EMBANKMENT
With this older type of dam, the build up of excess pore pressures within the
embankment and seepage can be a problem, especially for a reservoir having high,
or rapidly fluctuating water levels for long periods; or for a dam having impervious
foundations. If seepage is excessive this can lead to instability and eventual failure
of all or part of the downstream face. Figure 1 illustrates the problem and offers
some solutions.
Either a rock toe or drainage layer (‘blanket’) of gravel or similar material will help
relieve seepage problems in the downstream areas of an embankment on impervi-
ous foundations. The rock toe should be overlain by coarse sand and gravel to
prevent embankment materials being drawn into it, a situation that could ulti-
mately reduce the permeability of the toe and cause subsidence of the dam. In more
pervious foundations (which often exist where dams are constructed on stream
beds) exposure of a natural drainage layer can have the same effect of relieving
seepage as an artificial gravel blanket or drainage layer.
Figure 1 - Homogeneous dams
3 Earth embankments 15
Any seepage relief structure should only underlie the downstream section of the
dam and should not extend into areas of the embankment that could permit perco-
lation or direct seepage from upstream.
Generally, homogeneous dams should have relatively flat slopes (1:3 upstream and
1:2 downstream) as insurance against possible instability. A flatter upstream slope,
required by all earth dams, allows the saturated section below water level to resist
slumping. Also the weight of the water stored above it exerts a downforce which,
when combined with the weight of the dam, equals or exceeds the horizontal thrust
exerted by the depth of the water against the embankment. Note that the latter is
dependent on the depth, not the volume of water, and that the horizontal thrust
increases according to the square of the depth of the water. Therefore, building
higher dams becomes more critical as, for example, doubling the water depth of a
dam from 2 m to 4 m would increase the thrust fourfold.
Water levels should not be allowed to fall or rise too fast, especially if the embank-
ment material is impermeable. This is because a rapid lowering of the reservoir
could lead to slumping of the upstream face or, if the wall has been allowed to dry,
a rapid rise in level could lead to erosion through cracks and fissures. Both may
eventually result in erosion, loss of material and, in a worst case scenario, a breach.
3.3 THE ZONED EMBANKMENT
This is a better alternative, particularly for larger dams that readily allow the use
of construction machinery. With this type of dam, possible seepage hazards are
reduced to a minimum. Compared with homogeneous embankments, costs are
likely to be higher, mainly because the earthworks material is divided into three
categories: pervious for the downstream section, impervious for the core (or
hearting) and semi-impervious for the upstream section, all of which has to be
excavated from separate borrow areas (preferably within the reservoir area), thus
increasing excavation and movement costs. Slopes, however, can be reduced to
around 1:2 upstream and 1:1.75 downstream (or 1:2.25 upstream and 1:2 down-
stream for sites where only relatively poor impermeable material is available) and
the material excavated in construction of the core can be used in the embankment,
thus economizing on the use of earthworks.
Figure 2 illustrates an ideal example of a zoned dam. Note should be made of the
rock toe, which may be required for stability and to drain the downstream section
(gravel drains may be necessary) and the stone pitching on the upstream face
which, in this case, is necessary for protection of the wall from wave action. When
laid correctly, stone pitching (Figure 3 provides an example) can prove an inexpen-
sive (if available locally) and efficient means of protection but should not be used
on the ends of embankments and abutments and along the sides of spillways. These
areas of a dam are extremely sensitive to erosion and may need to be concreted or
shielded by gabions for maximum protection. The FAO publication on small dams
and weirs in earth and gabion materials (FAO, 2001) provides guidelines on this.
Artificial impermeable materials, such as heavy duty plastic sheeting, have success-
fully been used in many parts of the world as an alternative to clay cores. In the
tropics, however, such materials have been found to attract termites and rodents;
have been burrowed into by animals and have not resisted settlement of the
embankment after construction. Similarly, ant hill/termite mound material, often
Manual on small earth dams 16
used because of its relatively high clay content, is losing favour beacause of its
undesirable organic and mineral constituents; its variability within a small area
and, once used, its subsequent attraction to termites (and their predators) despite
its being treated with insecticide or mixed with diesel fuel. Where suitable core
material is unavailable within economic limits, such material may have to be used,
but must be analysed if possible; well ‘killed’ before excavation and treated when
being installed.
Care is needed in the use of insecticides that could contaminate watercourses when
absorbed by seepage or other water.
3.4 CUTOFF TRENCH AND CORE
Most dams, homogenous or zoned, can benefit from the construction of a cutoff in
the foundation. A cutoff will reduce seepage and improve stability.
Whether stable clay, or other material is being used, the cutoff trench must be exca-
vated to a depth that will minimize all possible seepage. Ideally, the cutoff trench
should be dug down to solid rock that extends to great depths. If underlying rock
is fissured or uneven it can be cleaned off and concreted to offer a good surface on
which the clay can be laid. For larger indentations or cracks, slush grouting should
be used, which is a thick slurry mix of cement and water poured and broomed
Figure 2 - Section of a typical zoned dam
Figure 3 - Stone pitching detail
3 Earth embankments 17
into the larger cracks and fissures before any concrete is laid to fill the remaining
indentations and to offer an eventual mostly flat surface. For more even surfaces
with smaller cracks, a cement wash (a weaker mix of cement and water to form
a creamy texture) can be brushed across a surface to seal it and again establish a
mostly flat surface layer.
The cutoff material should be placed in layers to a maximum 50-75 mm thick
and to a minimum width of 1 m for small dams (i.e. hand laid cores) and layers
75-150 mm thick and 2-3 m wide for larger dams (i.e. material laid by scoop or
scraper and compacted by machinery).
Every layer must be well compacted and if the whole dam length cannot be
completed at any one time. Each section must be well keyed and bonded to the
next since the cutoff trench and core are designed as one homogeneous unit to
avoid seepage and structural problems. Compaction can be carried out by hand
(tamping damp material by ramming poles 100-150 mm diameter) or by machinery
(rollers or vibrators), or a combination of both. If farm tractors are being used, the
tyres can be filled with water and, if a staggered track is followed across the width
of the cutoff trench at the time of back filling, much compaction time can be saved.
Light irrigation of the borrow area, some hours before excavation, can often assist
in the scraping and scooping of the material, as long as it is not too wet.
Rain on the site can cause problems and an over-wet clay will prove difficult to
compact. In this situation it is better to wait for the soil to dry before continuing
with construction.
Continual or, at least frequent, monitoring of core material quality, moisture
content and layering procedures is advisable, especially where inexperienced plant
operators and labourers are being employed.
The importance of correct core construction cannot be over-emphasized. Failure
to correctly carry out these comparatively inexpensive procedures could lead to
expensive problems later that remedial measures will rarely completely resolve. If
the core and cutoff trench have not been taken down to a firm foundation, or laid
in layers thin and moist enough to allow compaction, it will be too late to introduce
corrective measures after construction. In severe cases the dam can fail or not attain
legislative approval – in either case an expensive mistake. The cutoff trench, and
core of a zoned embankment, must be constructed of impervious material. Use of a
soil that will not allow the passage of any water (i.e. impervious) is not necessarily
desirable. This is explained in more detail in Section 4.
Earth works 4
4 Earth works 21
4 Earth works
4.1 INVESTIGATIONS
Ideally, the entire earth fill should be drawn from within the reservoir area and,
if required, from any cut spillway areas. The importance of a correct analytical
approach to determine the various soil types for a zoned embankment cannot be
stressed too much. Although using a soil laboratory is expensive, the results can
more than repay the cost involved and, more often than not, will ensure the exclu-
sion of doubtful material in the construction process. This approach will include
selecting the soils to be used, laboratory testing and mechanical analysis (if such
facilities are available) to ensure the selected materials are suitable and interpreta-
tion of the results of these tests by an experienced engineer or technician to permit
the appropriate materials to be used.
At this investigatory stage possible borrow areas should be identified – initially by
eye, trying to ascertain soil type from vegetation, visible soil, position on slope and
so on.
Preliminary exploration to determine suitable borrow areas for dam construction
would:
¼ Explore areas for large quantities of soil material for inclusion in the
embankment and any training walls. Ideally trials should indicate at least
150 percent of the estimated material needed for the dam is available (i.e. to
cater for losses and wastage and poorer than estimated materials being found)
and that the haul distances are not excessive.
¼ Explore areas for the provision of more specialized materials such as gravels
(for drainage), aggregates (for concrete), filter materials, stone (for rip-rap or
stone pitching) and high-quality clays for lining upstream surfaces and any
canals.
The FAO Manual, on small dams and weirs in earth and gabion materials (FAO,
2001) has a detailed section on borrow materials, sampling and testing. The section
below however provides basic details to follow in ascertaining the more favourable
areas for investigation.
4.1.1 Soil pits and trenches
Dig soil pits and auger holes to assess the top and subsoil layers and the founda-
tion condition in the embankment area. Auger holes dug on a grid to depths of 3 m
throughout a potential source area will allow a general assessment of soil types to
be made. A series of trial pits and trenches can then be dug in more promising areas
to allow a visual assessment of the soil profile to be made in line with local soil
coding and classification techniques. Samples can be taken for subsequent texture
and laboratory analysis.
Manual on small earth dams 22
4.1.2 Texture tests
Texture tests are carried out to determine soil types. Excluding stones and gravels,
the mineral part of the soil is made up of particles in three size ranges
4
:
Clay: less than 0.002 mm diameter.
Silt: 0.002-0.05 mm diameter.
Sand: 0.05-2.00 mm diameter.
The relative proportions of sand, silt and clay are used to determine the textural
class of a soil. The internationally accepted United States Department of Agriculture
(USDA) Texture Diagram (refer to Figure 4) is a useful tool for initially demar-
cating soils for dam building. The USDA system is widely used throughout the
world
5
.
Basically, the textural classes involved are as follows:
Any soil with more than 55 percent clay can be considered as a ‘clay’. A ‘sandy
clay’ is a soil with between 33 percent and 55 percent clay and up to 65 percent
sand. A ‘sandy clay loam’ has between 20 percent and 30 percent clay and up to
80 percent sand and loam.
4 The figures vary according to who is defining: geotechnical engineers, sedimentologists, soil scientists
and so on. The definition here is that for the USDA and adopted by FAO.
5 The United Kingdom system varies slightly from this, mainly with minor differences in the
classification of clays and clay-based soils.
Figure 4 - Soil textural class
4 Earth works 23
Sands can be further defined according to the size of the grains (i.e. fine, medium
and coarse) in the sand fraction.
Sands and clays, and combinations of them, are most suitable for earth dam
construction. Generally, however, silty soils are unsuitable because of their
inherent instability when wet and should not be included in any of the earthworks.

To precisely define textural classes requires laboratory techniques but, with expe-
rience and specific local knowledge, hand testing to determine texture can prove
important for the initial stages of identifying appropriate earth fill materials. Clay
soil areas can be demarcated in the field with the better soils (i.e. higher percentage
clays) being reserved for the core and upstream shoulder of the embankment. Silts
are often similar in both appearance and feel to wet clays when dry but can usually
be differentiated when wet as the clay will exhibit sticky, plastic-like characteristics
while silt has a silky, smooth feeling with a tendency to disperse.
Hand-testing techniques involve the taking of a small sample of a soil – usually
in the hand not required for making notes – dampening it (avoid soaking it) and
rolling it into a ball to examine its cohesive constituents.
A better quality clay can be manipulated into a thin strip without breaking up,
rolled into a ball and dropped onto a flat surface from waist height without
cracking unduly. Also, when cut it will exhibit a shiny, smooth surface.
The latest USBR Manual on small earth dams (USBR, 2006) has updated the
section on soils according to types, defines a ‘Unified Classification’ and makes
recommendations on slopes for dam construction (albeit for larger dams than this
handbook will target) according to soil type. Compaction rates are also indicated to
guide designers and constructors for smaller, simpler dams on smaller catchments
and to reduce the needs for mechanical and laboratory testing of such soils.
4.1.3 Infiltration tests
At this stage, preliminary infiltration tests to obtain an indication of the soil’s
permeability can be performed. The simplest way to carry out such tests involves
filling auger holes or small pits with water, taking care not to over compact the
soil within. A comparative evaluation of falling water levels over an area can then
provide an indication of permeability and may indicate relative clay contents.
Infiltration rings, which are used in the assessment of infiltration capacity for irri-
gation design purposes, can be used for the upper surface layers of soil.
4.1.4 Core and cutoff material
A soil is required that will limit the passage of water but not to such an extent that
undesirable differential pressures could build up across and within the embank-
ment. The impermeability of the soil used will vary between localities, but some
standardization of water tightness can be achieved through varying the degree of
compaction involved. A more pervious material will require greater compaction
and vice versa. Generally, soils containing a significant percentage of clay are ideal
for the core but clays with a tendency to crack should be avoided. If the latter are
used they should be carefully compacted, placed in lower parts of the dam that are
unlikely to dry out (such as in the cutoff trench) or covered by a gravel layer or
topsoil with grass.
Manual on small earth dams 24
4.1.5 Other embankment materials
Semi-pervious materials such as sandy clays and clay loams with a proportion of
fines, such as clay or perhaps silt particles, are suitable for inclusion in the upstream
shoulder. These will allow a limited passage of water and, in a properly constructed
embankment, will resist slumping when wet. Where poorer soils are used, special
attention to compaction techniques will have to be given to minimize the volume
of air spaces in the soil and to maximize its stability when wet.
Pervious materials such as coarser grained sand and gravels – suitably washed and
screened/sieved for size and grade – are used in the downstream shoulder and
sections of the embankment requiring mass and drainage. Always seek specialist
advice for use of these materials in drainage and filter works. These can often be
better compacted dry or if only slightly damp. Once completed, a dry downstream
face will prevent slippage and reduce risk of failure.
4.2 SOILS
Within a river valley a cross-section of soils may be available. The valley sides,
where less leaching has occurred, can provide soils with a higher proportion of
clay. The more heavily leached areas can provide amounts of sands, gravels and/
or silts. The streambed proper should be a source for silts, sands and gravels, the
latter being useful for drains and concrete work. Of great economic importance is
the need to find such materials close to the dam site, preferably within the reser-
voir area, and in large enough quantities to justify their removal. Avoid complete
removal of impervious materials, as exposure of more permeable layers beneath
could lead to seepage problems in later years, especially when under pressure of
several metres of water.
Investigation of proposed borrow areas is a necessary feature of any dam survey.
This is carried out using auger holes, soil pits, boreholes and utilizing existing
features such as wells and animal burrows to gain an extensive knowledge of the
area.
4.2.1 Clays
The best clay soil is always reserved for the core and cutoff and must be well
compacted. Basically, the lower the clay percentage (to an arbitrary minimum as
low as 3-5 percent), the more compaction and care in construction is required.
The upstream shoulder does not require highly impermeable clays as these could
lead to undesirable uplift pressures developing beneath this section of embank-
ment. More permeable clays usually have a good crumb or granular structure and
include the typical red (but not lateritic) soils and the lighter self-ploughing basalt
soils of central and southern Africa with their ability to move topsoil (when dry
and crumbly) down through cracks in the profile. Sandy clay soils are most suited
for inclusion in this upstream section as they compact well, have much reduced
seepage characteristics but do not allow the build up of high soil–water pressures.
Clays are not required in the downstream shoulder as it is essential that this section
is free draining.
4.2.2 Silts
Avoid including silts in any section of the embankment. The lack of cohesion, poor
structure, fine material and difficulty in compaction are their main drawbacks. A
4 Earth works 25
small proportion of silt is permissible, say in a silty-clay, but care must be taken in
its use and application to ensure it is balanced with other soils and to keep percent-
age contents low.
As they can be confused with fine clays, it is important to differentiate the two
when testing for texture. Laboratory analysis may, therefore, be required.
4.2.3 Sands
A soil with a predominance of sand should not be used in dam construction. A
sandy soil can be used in the downstream shoulder but should not be used else-
where unless there is no alternative. If a sandy soil is used in the rest of the dam
special attention must be paid to compaction, the best soil reserved for the core,
and some consideration given to obtaining embankment water tightness by other
means.
Sands do have an important role in larger dams as a filter material.
4.2.4 Materials to avoid
Should there be any question about a soil’s suitability, it is safest to avoid using it.
Some materials should never be used in dam construction, in particular the follow-
ing:
¼Organic material (except when used to top dress the embankment and other
parts of the dam site at the end of the construction period).
¼Decomposing material.
¼Material with a high proportion of mica, which forms slip surfaces in soils of
low clay percentages.
¼Calcitic soils such as clays derived from limestone which, although generally
stable, are usually very permeable.
¼Fine silts, which are unsuitable for any zone of the dam.
¼Schists and shales which, although often gravelly in texture, tend to
disintegrate when wet. Schists may also contain a high proportion of mica.
¼Cracking clays that fracture when dry and may not seal up when wetted in
time to prevent piping through them.
¼Sodic soils, which are fine clays with a high proportion of sodium. They are
difficult to identify in the field, so any fine clay should be analysed.

Sodic soils
Contact between a sodic soil and water leads to deflocculation occurring in the
profile in which sodium has accumulated, entered the exchange complex and
caused dispersion of the colloids. Consequently, reduction occurs in pore spaces
affecting infiltration, permeability and aeration. The pH
6
and electrical conductiv-
ity (affected by soil salinity – sodium, magnesium and calcium being important)
measured are in most cases high. Basically this leads to highly dispersive behaviour
when wet (i.e. as most dam soils would be) and thus these soils do not act at all like
clays (which bond together when wet) and are completely unsuitable to use in any
embankment.
6 pH is the standard measure of acidity related to the concentration of hydrogen ions. A pH of 7 is
neutral, soils with a pH between 1 and 7 are acidic and those above 7 (to 14) are alkaline.
Manual on small earth dams 26
Any clays with a predominance of sodium (and, to a lesser extent, magnesium)
among the exchangeable cations should be avoided as earthworks’ materials.
Laboratory results will generally show exchangeable sodium percentage (ESP)
values higher than 15 and pH in the range 8.5 to 10 although lime-free soils can
show pH values as low as 6. Structure will have significantly deteriorated and
compaction tests will indicate easily mobilized soils that are structurally unstable
when wet and under load. The proportion of clay to exchangeable sodium will
also be important in so much that a sandy-clay soil with lower ESP values (i.e. 8 or
above) will prove more unstable than a clayey soil with a higher ESP value.
Sodic soils are virtually cohesionless when wet and are responsible for many cata-
strophic earth dam collapses. Such failures usually occur soon after first filling
of a dam reservoir and it is normally not advisable to attempt repair work as the
embankment and foundation may still have sodic areas as yet unaffected. If sodicity
is suspected the best rule is not to use any of the soil concerned and avoid such
areas when extending dam, core or foundation work. However, for soils with low
levels of sodicity, chemical treatment with gypsum and higher levels of compaction
to increase the in situ impermeability (i.e. to keep the sodic soils dryer than normal)
may help maintain stability where such soils have inadvertently been included in
earth fill materials. Drainage will also be important to lower the phreatic surface
within the embankment and to reduce pore pressures.
In central and southern Africa, sodic soils are most commonly found in ‘mopane’
(Colophospermum mopane) woodland and scrubland, which develop on granitic
bedrock-derived soils (these have higher sodium-releasing mineral contents than
their basaltic equivalents, which tend to be richer in calcium materials) in the lower
rainfall and relatively hotter climates that allow sodium to accumulate in the upper
soil horizons.
Marine clays found in Canada, Norway and Sweden, termed ‘quick clays’ and
renowned for their viscosity and ability to flow great distances when wet are
similar to mopane soils and have been created by the deposition of sodium within
the soil horizons as pore water levels decline.
4.3 MECHANICAL ANALYSIS
Mechanical analysis of soil samples to assess constituents, mineral content, compac-
tion characteristics and to check for other factors such as mica, silt, sodicity, etc.,
that may make apparently good soil unsuitable, should be carried out. Correlation
of these results, which accurately assess silt, clay, sand and other particles in a soil,
with previous work will allow estimates to be made of earth fill available, overbur-
den to be removed and unsuitable areas to be avoided.
The importance of a correct analytical approach to determine the various soil types
for a zoned embankment cannot be over stressed. Although using a soil laboratory
is expensive, the results can more than repay the cost involved and, more often than
not, will ensure the exclusion of doubtful material in the construction process.
4.4 LABORATORY TESTS
Laboratory tests on selected samples should be undertaken to confirm the field
evaluations and to determine the physical properties of the soils. The following
tests (refer to the methods and procedures detailed in the nine documents compris-
4 Earth works 27
ing the British Standard
7
1377 of 1990 (and 2007 amendments) for definitive infor-
mation on compaction, compressibility, permeability and durability and shear
strength) are recommended:
¼Gradings: both mechanical sieving and hydrometer tests to determine the
particle size distribution, identify the predominant soil type and the likely
permeability of the material.
¼Atterberg tests: measure the plastic limit and liquid limit of soil to enable the
material to be classified and its suitability as a fill material assessed.
¼Proctor test: to determine the maximum dry density and the optimum
moisture content for use in compaction control during construction. Soils
compacted to the maximum dry density are then at their maximum strength.
¼Crumb test: to determine the disposition of the soil to disperse.
Examples of typical soils materials envelopes, based on a southern African labora-
tory (sieve) analysis, and according to particle size are given in Figure 5. In this
figure, any soil materials meeting the specifications found between the heavy black
lines would be suitable for inclusion in the parts of the dam embankment noted on
the graphs. ‘Shell zone material’ refers to the upstream and downstream sections of
a zoned embankment: they may need to be differentiated further where different
materials are recommended for each section.
4.5 BORROW AREAS
Borrow areas within the reservoir area should be given first preference, followed
by those located on the valley sides close to the proposed embankment. Borrow
pits in the reservoir have the advantage of increasing the upstream storage capacity
and require no remedial work once the dam is completed.

Borrow pits should never be located close to the downstream toe area of the dam,
the spillway or outfall or in any area prone to erosion.
Borrow pits located some distance from the dam site will increase construction
costs, wear and tear on plant and machinery and the timing of the construction so
always identify source materials as close to the dam site as possible.
7 British Standards are available on line from the BSI Group website or from other websites and
booksellers.
Manual on small earth dams 28
HOMOGENEOUS DAM MATERIAL ENVELOPES
ZONED DAM MATERIAL ENVELOPES
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
P
E
R
C
E
N
T
A
G
E

P
A
S
S
I
N
G
P
E
R
C
E
N
T
A
G
E

P
A
S
S
I
N
G
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
HOMOGENEOUS DAM
ENVELOPE
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
CORE AND
CUTOFF ZONE
MATERIAL
SHELL ZONE
MATERIAL
0-001 0-005 0-01 0-05 0-1 0-5 1-0 5-0 10 50 100
0-001 0-005 0-01 0-05 0-1 0-5 1-0 5-0 10 50 100
FILTER AND DRAIN MATERIAL ENVELOPES
P
E
R
C
E
N
T
A
G
E

P
A
S
S
I
N
G
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
FILTER
SAND
DRAIN
GRAVEL
0-001 0-005 0-01 0-05 0-1 0-5
PARTICLE SIZE IN MILLIMETRES
FINE FINE
SILT FRACTION SAND FRACTION GRAVEL FRACTION
FINE FINE FINE FINE FINE FINE FINE
CLAY
1-0 5-0 10 50 100
MATERIAL GRADING ENVELOPES
Figure 5 - Material grading envelopes
Site selection and
preliminary investigations
5
5 Site selection and preliminary investigations 31
5 Site selection and
preliminary investigations
5.1 INTRODUCTION
Although the selection of a suitable site is essentially a field exercise, the use of
aerial photographs
8
and large-scale maps can provide a useful assessment of the
local topography and hydrological conditions before any field visit takes place.
This is especially important on larger sites and catchments where much field time
can be saved by allowing the poorest sites to be excluded and a list of the more
promising sites to be drawn up.
Once the aerial photography interpretation has been completed and possible sites
identified, a field visit is essential. Use of an accurate global positioning system
(GPS) at this stage can prove useful. If the site proves difficult it should not be
considered unless other overriding reasons demand that the dam be located in a
specific area – in all such cases competent engineering advice is needed before any
further work is done. It is important to identify where the water to be stored is
to be used: irrigation, for example, involves the conveyance of large quantities of
water and, if the dam-site is a long distance away from the cultivated area, much
expenditure on pipelines and pumping may be required. For large irrigable areas,
large diameter and costly high pressure pipes may be required and it may prove
more economic to choose a poorer, more expensive dam site close to the land
involved than a better site further away.
Other factors, such as access, availability of materials, land tenure issues, environ-
mental concerns, community needs, the distance to the nearest power source and
inundation of roads, bridges, and buildings should all be considered at this stage so
that costly investigation work is not wasted.
5.2 AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY
The procedure for using aerial photography is as follows:
¼Area boundaries must be identified and delineated.
¼Irrigable areas, pasture and developed land must be marked to allow the
best location of potential sites. Catchment areas – outlined from following
hill crests and other features – are normally taken from maps as catchments
may extend beyond the limits of available photography. If the photograph
is becoming crowded with detail, non-essential details can be erased to aid
easier interpretation.
¼Stream lines should be drawn in and areas that appear to have flatter
gradients should be more heavily marked. Dam sites on steep slopes are
rarely economic as embankments give limited storage so, where steep slopes
(i.e. over 4-5 percent) are seen on the photograph or the map, such areas
should be given low priority.
8 1:5 000 to 1:12 500 scale photos and 1:25 000 to 1:50 000 scale maps are most suitable for interpretation
by eye and stereoscope. Satellite imagery to a suitable scale can also be considered.
Manual on small earth dams 32
A good dam site should have a catchment area that is not so big that an expensive
spillway may be required but is also not so small that the yield from the reservoir is
too low or erratic to be able to supply an economic area for any irrigation scheme.
Assessing the slope is difficult without a knowledge of the area and experience in
aerial photography interpretation, so it may not prove feasible at this stage. Low
gradients can be deduced from natural features such as meandering streams and
ox-bow lakes, silt accumulations, swampy areas, right-angled tributary junctions
and large-contour conservation and drainage spacings in nearby cultivated land
Once streamlines have been marked in, and channel sections evaluated, the more
favourable sites can be located.
Priorities can then be drawn up based upon the indications above and the following
geographical points:
¼Where one or more streams/tributaries meet the main channel, the site may
offer maximum storage.
¼A desirable site is one that is close to where the water is required or that can
allow delivery by gravity flow, low pressure pipeline, or canal.
¼Where narrow channel sections exist for the dam itself, and with wider
reservoir areas immediately upstream, this would result in a short embankment
and large storage capacity.
¼Where rock bars are found either in the river (for weir sites or centre-
spillway dams) and/or on the valley sides for safe spillways. They are
virtually essential on larger catchment areas where grass spillways are not
advised.
¼Where sudden changes in streambed gradient (from flatter to steeper downstream)
may indicate good storage potential and allow a free draining site to be chosen for
the embankment.
Streambed gradients, and estimates of dam height and length, can be made from
photographs using a parallax bar or from digital maps through appropriate
software. Even for an experienced operator, revision of such estimates must be
made in the field. The extent of the reservoir upstream of the dam (the throwback)
can be assessed by eye from photos or, in the case of larger dams, from local topo-
graphic maps, but again this will require field confirmation.
5.3 FIELD VISITS
Once the sites have been located, a field visit to the area can be organized to allow
the most suitable site to be chosen. There is no alternative to physically visiting
each potential site, and any others that become apparent at the time, or can be sited
by discussing the above factors with local people, as interpretation from the aerial
photograph or map is only a tool for preliminary assessment. A rough reconnais-
sance of every site within the involved area including, if necessary, estimates of levels
and gradients (a sufficiently accurate GPS or hand level will prove invaluable at this
stage), with checks on spillways, borrow areas and foundation conditions, will allow
the relative merits of each site to be assessed. The most favourable sites can then be
determined and preliminary surveys carried out.
5 Site selection and preliminary investigations 33
5.4 PRELIMINARY SURVEYS
The economic and design implications of each site can be determined from a brief
preliminary survey, using a level/theodolite or accurate GPS equipment to take a
line of spot heights across the profile (close to where the proposed embankment
centre-line and spillway are estimated to be) and up the valley to provide indica-
tions of streambed gradient. The gradient is necessary to estimate the throwback
of the dam and, for larger dams on flatter gradients, can often be estimated from
contoured topographic maps of 1:50 000 scale.
For each site, the survey must be sufficiently accurate and detailed to enable compar-
ative estimates to be made for various heights of dam. The most economic height is
usually calculated on the basis of cost per unit volume of water. Comparison of the
various alternative sites is then possible. More advice on surveying the site for later
design work is given in Section 6.2.
5.5 CATCHMENT YIELD
The catchment yield, ‘Y’, is based on the expected annual runoff from a catchment
and is an important factor in assessing the feasibility of a dam and in determining
the required height of the embankment. The latter is important to allow the dam
designer to size the dam to suit expected inflow and estimate the area that can be
irrigated. It is estimated as follows:
¼ Where the average percentage of runoff is not known, use, as a guide, a figure
of 10 percent of the mean annual rainfall for the catchment area. If more
information is known, take the rainfall on a return period of 1 in 10 years as
a guideline.
¼ Calculate the annual runoff for the catchment, in mm, based on the percentage
determined above. This is ‘Rr’.
¼ Measure
9
the catchment area ‘A’ in km
2
, upstream of the proposed
embankment. Ignore any upstream dams (as these may already be full at the
time of a flood event – often at the end of a rainy season – and thus offer no
retardation of any flood moving downstream) and calculate the area of the
whole catchment.
¼ The annual runoff for the catchment (the catchment yield in an average year),
Y, in m3, is given by:
Y = Rr x A x 1 000
5.6 STORAGE CAPACITY
At this stage, this is worked out as follows:

Q =
LTH’
6

Where:
Q is the storage capacity in m
3
and should not exceed Y above.
L is the length of the dam wall at full supply level (FSL) in m.
T is the throwback, in m and approximately in a straight line from the
wall.
9 Use a planimeter for topographic maps or the appropriate computer software for digital maps derived
from satellite imagery.
Manual on small earth dams 34
H’ is the maximum height of the dam, in m, at FSL.
6 is a factor (conservative generally) that can be adjusted (to 5 or 4) with
experience and local knowledge.
All the above measurements can be determined by the use of a level or theodolite
(or accurate GPS equipment) at the site, either in the form of a cross-section survey
at the centre line of the proposed dam or, more accurately and more time consum-
ing (but more useful where comparison of similar sites is involved), by a contour
survey followed by a survey or estimate of the throwback.
The capacity estimated in this way is accurate to within about 20 percent, but it
must be revised by a more detailed survey when the site has been approved for
possible construction.
The formula considers the water volume to be an inverted pyramid with a trian-
gular surface area (LT/2) and H’/3 for the height/depth, and is a simplification of
reality. With experience, one is able to judge fairly accurately how an individual
valley will compare with such an idealized picture and, therefore, to adjust the
resulting conclusions.
5.7 PRELIMINARY VOLUME OF EARTHWORKS
The volume of earthwork can be estimated as follows:
V = 0.216 HL (2C+HS)
Where:
V is the volume of earthworks in m
3
.
H is the crest height (FSL+ freeboard) of the dam in m.

L is the length of the dam, at crest height H, in m (including spillway).
C is the crest width in m.
S is the combined slope value.
For example, if the slopes of the embankment are 1: 2 and 1:1.75, S = 3.75.
This formula is based on areal equations for the cross-section and longitudinal
section with the inclusion of an empirically developed adjustment factor. Again, it
presents an idealized solution and as for the capacity formula should only be used
at the preliminary survey stage. The formula is, however, reasonably accurate and if
a general average figure is known for costs of earthworks, a guide cost for the total
embankment can be derived.
5.8 CATCHMENT AREA AND SPILLWAY DIMENSIONS
Accurate estimation of catchment area, either from an aerial photograph or a
large-scale topographic map, is essential in the calculation of catchment yield and
peak flood. For both, hydrological data (mainly rainfall and runoff), topographical
factors and the shape of the catchment will be the main influences. The maximum
design capacity of the reservoir is directly related to the catchment yield multiplied
by a design factor that has usually been derived locally from the history of other
5 Site selection and preliminary investigations 35
dams. In the case where a series of small dams is built in a catchment, the size of
the catchment area for each dam should be taken as the total catchment area above
the dam under consideration, not only the area between it and the one above it.
The dam designer has to assume that the peak flood will occur when all the dams
above are full and therefore will not have significant retardation or retention effects
on the flood – this is most important for designing the spillway to safely pass the
peak flood.
Dams should not be sited on catchments so small that they are unlikely to fill in an
average year, except very rarely where other considerations, such as the provision
of essential water supplies, are to be taken into account.
Estimations of peak flood are required for spillway design, the dimensions and
physical characteristics of which are extremely important. If a suitable spillway of
sufficient size is not available at a particular site, or would prove too expensive, it
is advisable to move on to a better alternative site where spillway conditions can be
met. On larger catchments (i.e. greater than 5-8 km
2
) and rivers of a flashy nature,
rock spillways are virtually essential. Therefore, good solid rock of adequate width
must be available for all but the smallest dams and, as a very rough guide at this
stage and subject to re-assessment at the detailed design stage, a minimum width
of 15 m at 1.5 m freeboard for a dam on a catchment of around 5 km
2
may prove
suitable. However, advice from local engineers and experienced local people should
be sought if hydrological data and/or design charts are not available.
It is probable that more earth dams in southern and western African suffer
problems through poor spillway design than for any other reason. If there is insuf-
ficient rock, the site should not be used for a dam.
Grass spillways, whether cut or natural, are really only suited to small catchments
(i.e. up to 5 km
2
) and low velocity flows (certainly below 1 m/s
10
) and even then
may require continual maintenance throughout the life of the dam to prevent
erosion from becoming too serious a problem. The ability of vegetation or soil to
resist erosion is limited and maintenance of an even surface and uniform cover is
very important. The stability of the channel as a whole will depend upon the stabil-
ity of the most sparsely covered section and it is therefore wise to establish a good
creeping grass cover throughout.
The grass cover condition will directly affect the channel’s roughness coefficient,
which will in turn depend upon flow. A low flow will meet high resistance while
a high flow will flatten the grass and thus meet much lower resistance. Maximum
allowable non-erosive velocities are highest in grass spillways that have been
planted to shorter creeping varieties such as kikuyu, couch and star grasses.
These can establish a uniform low cover offering minimum resistance to flow and
maximum protection to the soil beneath.
However, where even normal flows are expected to constitute an erosion risk (i.e. if
flow is expected to continue during the dry season and/or over a period of several
months or more) a drop-inlet overflow spillway should be planned for and located
at the opposite end of the embankment to the main spillway and at an elevation on
the upstream side of the dam slightly lower (usually 50-100 mm) than full supply
level.
10 Table 4 in Section 6.
Manual on small earth dams 36
Spillway design dimensions are linked to the size and the character of the catch-
ment. A catchment with rocky or steep surfaces (and thus high runoff) of the same
area will have higher peak floods than a catchment within the same climatological
zone with flatter, well-vegetated slopes. Similarly, a long narrow catchment will
have a greater time of concentration of flood water after a rainstorm than a broad
catchment with the same characteristics and therefore produce lower peak floods
from the same area.
5.9 PEAK FLOODS
The peak flood is the probable maximum flood (PMF) to be expected from a catch-
ment following a rainfall of estimated intensity and duration for a selected return
period
11
taking into account the hydrological characteristics of the catchment. In
many parts of the world information is not available or smaller streams are not
gauged to allow estimation of such floods for spillway design purposes. On bigger
dams and catchments, where it is more important that the spillway is correctly and
properly dimensioned, it is economic to study the hydrology, climate, topography
and so on to arrive at reasonably accurate estimates of PMFs. However, for smaller
dams and catchments, unless this information is already available, the engineer can
rarely justify the cost of such an exercise and must resort to other means to safely
estimate the PMF.
Where the designer cannot use a hydrologist, or detailed hydrological information
is unavailable, the Rational Method – based on catchment area and an assumed
uniform rainfall intensity and runoff – is a useful tool for the estimation of peak
floods on small catchments. For this manual it is assumed that the Rational Method
will be used for most cases.
The Rational Method is most appropriate for catchments under 15 km
2
and requires
the engineer to know the catchment area and the maximum daily rainfall. Other factors
such as topography (especially the slope), the shape of the catchment and the vegeta-
tion cover may also require consideration. These are generally taken into account in the
calculation of the ‘Time of concentration’.
Where other structures already exist in the catchment, ignore any flood reduction
effects they may have as, in many countries, the maximum probable flood will
occur at the end of the rainy season when all storage areas, natural or otherwise,
are at full capacity and they will, therefore, have little effect in ameliorating runoff
and retaining flood water.
5.10 CALCULATING THE PMF USING THE RATIONAL METHOD
The procedure to follow in calculating the probable maximum flood using the
Rational Method is:
1. Locate the dam or new site on the appropriate topographic map (1:50 000
scale is normally suitable for all but the smallest catchments) and draw on
the catchment boundary upstream of the embankment centre-line. Using a
planimeter measure the catchment area, ‘A’, in km
2
.
2. Using a linear measuring wheel or similar device, measure the ‘actual length,
l’, of the main river/stream, upstream of the site and to the main river source,
in km.
3. Estimate the elevation difference, ‘h’, in m, between the dam site and the
11 Usually 1 in 20, 25 or 50 years for small dams but it can be as high as 1 in 1 000 years for larger dams.
In the case of Kariba dam, the spillway is designed for a 1 in 10 000 PMF.
5 Site selection and preliminary investigations 37
main stream at its source. A contour map is essential for this and some
extrapolation may be required where contour intervals are large.
4. Determine the time of concentration, ‘Tc’, in hours, using the formula:
Tc = (0.87 L
3
/h)
0.385

5. From rainfall records or a rainfall distribution map, estimate the mean annual
rainfall for the catchment. Using a graph similar to Figure 6a, estimate the one
day storm rainfall, ‘P’, for the selected return period
12
. Use 1:20 to 1:25 year
return periods for smaller catchments and 1:50 year return periods for larger
dams, larger catchments or dams where safety issues are more important (i.e.
near populated areas).
6. Derive the storm depth ratio, ‘R’, from the graph in Figure 6b and using the
Tc determined above.
7. Calculate the extreme height channel slope as a percentage [100 h/(1 000
litres)] and estimate a runoff coefficient, “Cr”, for the assumed return period
using the graph in Figure 6c. If runoff is known to be excessive, such as
on bare, eroded slopes, the runoff coefficient can be increased by up to 20
percent.
8. Determine the probable maximum flood (PMF), ‘Qp’, in m
3
/s, using:
Qp = 0.278 A P R Cr/Tc

Where no other data are available and figures such as 6a to 6b cannot be drafted,
a very approximate peak flood estimate can be made by taking the highest daily
rainfall figure for the catchment and assuming that all dams in the same catchment
are 100 percent full, the ground is saturated and that 100 percent runoff will occur.
For example, if a rainfall of 223 mm fell on a catchment area of 19 km
2
, the esti-
mated peak flood would be in the region of 49 m
3
/s over a 24 h period. Always stay
on the conservative side when using approximations or estimates for peak floods;
2-4 m
3
/s per km
2
of catchment area per 24 h period is a guide but this figure should
always be adapted bearing in mind local topographic and climatic conditions.
In Zimbabwe, the appropriate government departments, using accumulated meteo-
rological and hydrological data, provide dam designers with charts to estimate
spillway dimensions on small dams up to 14 m high on catchments up to 120 km
2

in area and formulae and tables for medium dams on larger catchment
13
areas. The
Ministry of Agriculture, in conjunction with its field staff and engineers and the
Water Court, control the building of smaller, farm-type dams in Zimbabwe and
the charts are provided to farmers and agricultural extension workers to allow
the calculation of dimensions of most spillways with a good factor of safety. The
procedure for using the charts is straightforward and they can prove an invaluable
tool to the dam designer – engineer in that area, although in most cases they are
used with some modification based on local knowledge and experience.
The charts are based upon data and formulae tailored for central and southern
African climates and topography. In Zimbabwe (and Zambia), the rainfall intensity
and duration is that expected in a subtropical, rainy-dry season climate with total
precipitation rates varying between 450 and 850 mm and falling during the five or
six cooler months of the year.
12 The return period is the flood recurrence interval for a selected discharge in a stream or river.
13 For larger more complex dams on larger catchments, the Ministry of Water Development
produces probable maximum flood tables based on a range of return periods from 1 in 25 to 1 in
10 000 years plus other information to safely and accurately size spillways.
Manual on small earth dams 38
For climates with less intensive rainfalls such as lower, coastal African locations
and some North American and Australian environments, the peak floods would be
lower and the spillways that much smaller.
Where data are available, it would not be difficult to draw up similar charts or
tables and once peak floods are determined, the hydraulic parameters for estimat-
ing spillway widths and depths are available.
In all cases, however, such charts and tables are by their nature generalized and
should always be used with caution and, wherever possible, be adapted to suit local
conditions.
6a ONE DAY STORM RAINFALL
6b STORM DEPTH RATIO
6c RUN-OFF COEFFICIENT
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
5
O
N
E

D
A
Y

S
T
O
R
M

R
A
I
N
F
A
L
L

(
m
m
)
,

P
S
T
O
R
M

D
E
P
T
H

R
A
T
I
O
,

R
R
U
N
O
F
F

C
O
E
F
F
I
C
I
E
N
T
,

C
r
RETURN PERIOD (YEARS)
Tc (HOURS)
1 IN 50 YEAR RETURN PERIOD
1 IN 20 YEAR RETURN PERIOD
EXTREME HEIGHT SLOPE (%)
DETERMINE MEAN
ANNUAL RAINFALL
FOR LOCATION OF
DAM. THIS EXAMPLE
FOR SWAZILAND (LOW
VELD AREA).
800 MEAN
750 ANNUAL
700 RAINFALL
650 (mm)
10 20
1 2
5 10 15
3 4 5 6 7
50
Figure 6a - One day storm rainfall
Figure 6b - Storm depth ratio
Figure 6c - Runoff coefficient
5 Site selection and preliminary investigations 39
Once the PMF has been estimated, the spillway width can be calculated using the
formula:
Qp = 1.7 b D
1.5
where b and D are in m and Qp is in m
3
/s

‘1.7’ is a factor derived for concrete ogee type crests and can vary up to 2.25 accord-
ing to site conditions and factors of safety. 1.7 is generally used for spillways for
small dams on small catchments.
‘b’ is the minimum width (‘breadth’) of the spillway and is calculated by introduc-
ing the values for Qp (estimated using the options above) and D
1.5
. It is assumed
that b is large when compared to D and that the spillway channel will thus be
rectangular.
‘D’ is the depth of the spillway at the crest and will comprise all or part of the
design freeboard. D is normally in the range 0.75 m to 1.5 m for small dams and
comprises the total freeboard. However, where wave action or backing up of floods
may affect the dam, an additional ‘dry’ freeboard of up to 0.75 m. should be added
to the figure above for safety reasons.
Once all the other values are known, ‘b’ can then be calculated and the best option
for varying depths, ‘D’, can be chosen.
The width ‘b’ is the minimum width for the spillway to accommodate the design
flood. It assumes that there is no constriction downstream of the spillway. The
width and depth may have to be adjusted to suit the local topography and spillway
bed material later in the design process.
5.11 ESTIMATES OF STORAGE REQUIRED
At this time, it is wise to better assess the economic amount of water required from
the dam.
This will, for irrigation dams, comprise irrigation requirement, other uses (live-
stock/domestic water), losses to seepage and evaporation and dead storage.
¼Irrigation requirement can be calculated by multiplying the gross annual
irrigation requirement per hectare by the area proposed. This may have to be
adjusted once the estimated storage for the dam chosen is calculated.
¼Environmental flows to release normal flows into the river or to comply with
any legal requirements downstream.
¼Other uses such as livestock water can be calculated by estimating water use
for this. FAO can provide advice as well as locally based government and
other organizations. As a guideline the following (assuming the animals are
on dry pastures and good quality water is available) can be used:
– Cattle 40-80 litres/day for each animal (milking cows may
need 100 litres/day).
– Young stock 25-50 litres/day.
– Pigs 25 litres/day.
– Poultry 30 litres/day per 100 adult birds.
– Bee hive 2 litres/day.
– Sheep 2-6 litres/day.
– Goats 3-8 litres/day.
Manual on small earth dams 40
– Camels 30-40 litres/day.
– Horses 40-50 litres/day.
Add 10 percent to any calculated total for water use by wild and feral
animals and add a further 10 percent if the water is higher in salt content than
recommended. Slightly saline waters can be tolerated by animals (but pigs
and poultry are most sensitive) but they will have higher intakes to allow a
greater water turnover to regulate body salt balances.
¼ Troughs are always recommended. Dams should be fenced off and no
livestock allowed to drink directly from the reservoir or to damage the
surroundings to the dam by overgrazing the catchment, tracking in the
immediate surrounds of the reservoir and wallowing in the reservoir itself.
¼Domestic water uses – opting for piped water supplies using filters or similar
– can be calculated by determining the likely numbers of people who will
use the dam for water and estimating total annual or dry season needs. A
minimum of 20-50 litres/day per person in more rural areas can be used if
piped water supplies are not to be provided but consideration for increases
in use should be made in areas where populations are high and levels of
urbanization may increase.
¼Seepage losses are always difficult to estimate before the dam is built and to
calculate after the dam has been constructed. As all dams will seep, it is best
to estimate that a well constructed embankment will lose about 10 percent of
its water to seepage in any one year.
¼Evaporation losses can be calculated from local records noting that shallow
large surface area reservoirs will have higher evaporation rates than narrow
deep reservoirs. Wind is also an important factor in dry areas. Annual rates
of evaporation from dams in Africa can exceed 30 percent but for calculating
water uses (i.e. for irrigation), where actual figures are not known, dry season
losses can be taken as 20 percent maximum.
¼Dead storage is the amount of water retained in the dam that cannot be
accessed. The dead storage will vary according to design, pumping suction
heads and positions of any outlets in the embankment. It will also be more,
proportionally, for a small dam than a larger dam and will offer an area in all
dams for sediment to accumulate. For design purposes, a figure of 5 percent
maximum of the total water stored can be used to estimate dead storage.
Once the above has been estimated the remaining amount available for irrigation
can be calculated. It is at this stage the areas proposed under irrigation can be
adjusted and any economic analysis made.
Detailed design 6
6 Detailed design 43
6 Detailed design
6.1 INTRODUCTION
Once all preliminary investigations have been made and a suitable site has been
found, the next step is to carry out a detailed survey of the valley and reservoir area
to allow more accurate estimates of quantities and to provide the necessary data for
design work to be undertaken. The aim of such a survey is to present, on paper, a
contour map of the reservoir up to and exceeding the maximum flood level, and
to provide details for the location of the embankment, spillway and outlet works.
From the contour map, the capacity of the reservoir can be assessed for varying
dam heights. A depth-capacity curve can then be drawn up to provide a quick
and easy method for the dam designer to choose the optimum full supply level.
A simplified example of a depth-capacity curve is shown in Figure 7. Often the
depth-surface area curve (usually with a reversed scale) is added to these graphs.
6.2 CONTOUR SURVEY
On very large sites it may be possible to draw up a contour map – at an interval
suitable for the design (normally 0.5 m is satisfactory for small dams) – from aerial
photography or satellite imagery using specialized stereo plotting and digitization
techniques that, although expensive, may pay for themselves in the time saved in
avoiding groundwork. However, if this is not possible, as is usual on smaller sites,
one of three methods of ground survey
14
below will be necessary:
14 High levels of accuracy are not required at this stage considering that elevations will later be
affected by site stripping pre-construction.
FULL SUPPLY LEVEL
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
D
E
P
T
H


(
m
)
CAPACITY (m
3
x 10
3
)
0
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
Figure 7 - Typical depth capacity curve
Manual on small earth dams 44
1. Grid survey
This is a simple and straightforward but time-consuming method. Also it may not
be possible if the area is heavily vegetated and/or physically inaccessible.
2. Cross-sections
Cross-section surveys are taken along various lines within the river valley(s)
from benchmarks previously established. Levels are observed at set intervals and
outstanding features (changes of slope in particular) are also noted.
3. Spot heights
This is especially suited to larger areas. A circuit of benchmarks is established and
spot height observations with bearing, distance and elevation are made from each
station. For smaller dams, and if a theodolite or electronic instrument is used, it
may be possible to take all the readings from one station. Alternatively, reason-
ably accurate GPS surveys can be used to establish a network of elevation readings
across the site.
6.3 REVISED CAPACITY
From the contour survey, an estimation of the surface area of the reservoir can be
made for the full supply and other levels. The approximate capacity of the reservoir
can be assessed from Table 2 below. For example, to find the capacity of a reservoir
with a maximum depth of 3.25 m and a surface water area of 32.7 ha, the following
steps, extrapolating where needed, are made:
(i) 30 ha at 3.25 = 325 000 m
3
(ii) 2 ha at 3.25 = 21 666 m
3
(iii) 0.7 ha at 3.25 = 7 583 m
3


Total capacity = 354 249 m
3
A quick reference check using the formula:
where H’ is the maximum depth in m. (3.25 m) and A’ is the surface area in m
2

(327 000 m
2
) results in a figure of 354 250 m
3
and closely correlates with that
already determined from Table 2.
6.4 REVISED VOLUME OF EARTHWORKS
Method 1
Although this method is not as accurate as Method 2 it is useful for the relatively
rapid calculation of volumes of a number of proposed dams for comparison
purposes. It is reasonably accurate in its estimates of quantities and subsequent
costing of the proposed works. The embankment volumes are calculated, as in the
example shown in Figure 8a, as follows:
Fill in the reduced level column on the left-hand side of the sectional paper, starting
with the settled crest level on the top line. It is advisable, for ease of working, to
consistently use a reference reduced level of 100 (largely to avoid having negative
Q = H’ A’
3
6 Detailed design 45
values when referring to the crest height and to make any calculations above or
below this reference level easy to work out) either for the highest or for the lowest
point of the proposed embankment.
Draw in the longitudinal section by accurately plotting ground levels against
distance (on the upper scale marked crest length) and join these points with lines to
show the cross-section profile of the valley. The spillway is not included.
Draw the cross-section of the proposed dam at its maximum height (i.e. above
stream bed) after settlement, starting with the upstream toe on the left at zero
(using the horizontal scale at the bottom and marked base width), working up to
the crest, along and down to the downstream toe. This plotting must be carried out
accurately as scaled dimensions are to be used in the calculations. Calculate, and
check by measurement, values of w (i.e. the mean width of each 0.5 m or 1 m cross
section) commencing with the crest section and enter it in the appropriate column
and line.
Table 2 Approximate reservoir capacities (in m
3
)
Reservoir
area (ha)
Depth of water at deepest point
1 m 1.5 m 2 m 2.5 m 3 m 3.5 m 4 m
1 3 333 5 000 6 666 8 333 10 000 11 666 13 333
2 6 666 10 000 13 333 16 666 20 000 23 333 26 666
3 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 30 000 35 000 40 000
4 13 333 20 000 26 666 33 333 40 000 46 666 53 333
5 16 666 25 000 33 333 41 666 50 000 58 333 66 666
6 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000
7 23 333 35 000 46 666 58 333 70 000 81 666 93 333
8 26 666 40 000 53 333 66 666 80 000 93 333 106 666
9 30 000 45 000 60 000 75 000 90 000 105 000 120 000
10 33 333 50 000 66 666 83 333 100 000 116 666 133 333
20 66 666 100 000 133 333 166 666 200 000 233 333 266 666
30 100 000 150 000 200 000 250 000 300 000 350 000 400 000
40 133 333 200 000 266 666 333 333 400 000 466 666 533 333
50 166 666 250 000 333 333 416 666 500 000 583 333 666 666
Depth of water at deepest point
4.5 m 4.75 m 5 m 5.25 m 5.5 m 5.75 m 6 m
1 15 000 15 833 16 666 17 500 18 333 19 166 20 000
2 30 000 31 666 33 333 35 000 36 666 38 333 40 000
3 45 000 47 500 50 000 52 500 55 000 57 500 60 000
4 60 000 63 333 66 666 70 000 73 333 76 666 80 000
5 75 000 79 166 83 333 87 500 91 666 95 333 100 000
6 90 000 95 000 100 000 105 000 110 000 115 000 120 000
7 105 000 110 833 116 666 122 500 128 333 134 166 140 000
8 120 000 126 666 133 333 140 000 146 666 153 333 160 000
9 135 000 142 500 150 000 157 500 165 000 172 500 180 000
10 150 000 158 333 166 666 175 000 183 333 191 666 200 000
20 300 000 316 666 333 333 350 000 366 666 383 333 400 000
30 450 000 475 000 500 000 525 000 550 000 575 000 600 000
40 600 000 633 333 666 666 700 000 733 333 766 666 800 000
50 750 000 791 666 833 333 875 000 916 666 958 333 1000 000
Manual on small earth dams 46
Measure carefully the values of l (i.e. the length of the longitudinal section to corre-
spond with each position of w) and again enter it into the appropriate column and
line. Multiply each w by the corresponding l, and the height of the section h, and
enter the result in the Volume column on the appropriate line. Total this column to
give the volume of the earthworks in the dam.
If a training bank (to channel flows in the spillway to safe discharge) is to be
constructed, this should also be calculated using the formula shown and added to
the total volume above. Finally, add 10 percent to this total to include extra earth-
works for settlement.
Comparison of this result with the result obtained from the formula
V = 0.216 HL (2C + HS)
is likely to lead to quite a significant difference. The formula result should be much
greater, but this is acceptable as the formula is used for calculating the total cost
of the dam and not the earthworks alone. At the reconnaissance stage, a general
planning cost is required and this is calculated by using an estimated overall rate
per m
3
of earthwork that will include all of the items detailed in Table 3 in the next
section.
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380
HEIGHT
h
(m)
LENGTH l (m)
SPILL-
WAY
2 1.5
1 1
U/S
D/S
RIGHT BANK
TRAINING BANK
VOLUME
LEFT BANK
1x4.8
1x8.5
1x11.5
1x15.0
1x18.5
1x22.5
1x25.5
1x29.5
1x33.0
1x36.5
1x40.0
1x43.5
1x47.0
REDUCED
LEVELS
AT
CENTRE
LINE
(m)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 48.5
WIDTH w (m)
V = hl (c+
hs
) m
3

2

V = 0.9x75 (3+
0.9x3
) = 293.65 m
3

2

where h = mean height = 0.9 m
l = length = 75 m
c = crest width = 2 m
s = slopes (1.5+1.5) = 3 m
VALLEY CROSS-SECTION-EARTHWORKS VOLUME DETAILS
AREA OF
CROSS
SECTION
w x h
(m
2
)
LENGTH
OF
LONG
SECTION
l
(m)
VOLUME
w x h x l
(m
3
)
4.8
8.5
11.5
15.0
18.5
22.5
25.5
29.5
33.0
36.5
40.0
43.5
47.0
317
286
271
232
194
160
133
106
63
31
11
9
25
1 522
2 434
3 116
3 480
3 589
3 600
3 392
3 127
2 079
1 131
440
392
118
EMBANKMENT VOLUME 28 417 m
3
TR. BANK VOLUME 294 m
3
TOTAL VOLUME 28 711m
3
SETTLEMENT 10% 2 871 m
3
FINAL VOLUME 31 582 m
3
Spillway volume excluded
w is mean width of x-section
s is total value of both side slopes
1.5 m FREEBOARD
CREST 13.0 m
FSL 11.5 m
3m
Figure 8a - Revised volume of earthworks (method 1)
6 Detailed design 47
Method 2
Method 2 (see Figure 8b) is much the same as Method 1 except that the cross-
sectional area is calculated more accurately. The cross-section is squared off as
illustrated and each rectangle has its respective area calculated in a straightforward
manner (i.e. length x breadth). The remaining triangular pieces which flank each
rectangle have constant areas that are calculated as follows:
¼ upstream slope 1:2, height of section 1 m,
area of upstream triangle= (2/2) x 1 = 1 m2
¼ downstream slope 1:1.75, height of section 1 m, area of downstream triangle
= (1.75/2) x 1 = 0.875 m2

Therefore, each cross-sectional area can now be estimated relatively quickly and
the method of assessing volumes proceeds as in Method 1.
Finished versions of the method can then be presented on design drawings with
allowances for over-excavation, training walls and settlement and without the
calculations.
6.5 DESIGN DRAWINGS
It is important to provide comprehensive, useful design drawings for implementing
the works and for eventual tendering and award of contract. Standardizing these
drawings is equally important and being able to present one sheet with sufficient
data on it to explain the design, list the main quantities and provide details of the
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380
HEIGHT
(m)
‘h’
LENGTH l (m)
SPILL-
WAY
2 1.5
1 1
U/S
D/S
RIGHT BANK LEFT BANK
REDUCED
LEVELS
AT
CENTRE
LINE
(m)

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 48.5
WIDTH w (m)
1 m
2
1.0 m
2
1.0 m
2
0.75 m
2
0.75m
2
0.75 m
2
3.0m
2
AREA OF
CROSS
SECTION
w x h
(m
2
)
LENGTH
OF
LONG
SECTION
l
(m)
VOLUME
w x h x l
(m
3
)
4.75
8.75
11.75
15.25
18.75
22.75
25.75
29.75
32.75
36.75
39.75
43.25
46.75
317
286
271
232
194
160
133
106
63
31
11
9
25
1 506
2 502
3 184
3 538
3 637
3 640
3 425
3 153
2 063
1 139
437
389
117
EMBAKMENT VOLUME 28 730 m
3
TR. BANK VOLUME 294 m
3
TOTAL VOLUME 29 024 m
3
SETTLEMENT 10% 2 902 m
3
FINAL VOLUME 31 926 m
3
Spillway volume excluded
w is mean width of x-section
s is total value of both side slopes
7 m
2
10 m
2
13.5 m
2
17 m
2
20.5 m
2
24 m
2
28 m
2
31 m
2
35 m
2
38 m
2
41.5 m
2
45 m
2
1.5 m FREEBOARD
CREST 13 m
FSL 11.5 m
3m
Figure 8b - Revised volume of earthworks (method 2)
Manual on small earth dams 48
location is essential. Further drawings for more specialized aspects of the works
can also be provided.
Standard drawings in A3 format are provided in Annex 4 with examples of the
more specialized drawings required. Regardless of the design and its complexity or
otherwise, all drawings should be of a high standard and be presented on quality
paper as well as in electronic format.
6.6 ESTIMATED COST OF DAM CONSTRUCTION
The costing of the dam can now go ahead, with estimates based on either costs for
dams already constructed in the same locality or rates provided by local contractors
and or government departments. A list of quantities following the guidelines given
in Table 3 can then be drawn up.
Should the dam (or dams) design and costing be prepared for tender or contracting
to the private sector it is important that the details on costing for Table 3 and any
engineer’s estimates remain confidential and be used as a guide in evaluating any
bids or other proposals from potential contractors to construct the dam(s). Annex
1 has more details on this.
6.7 OUTLET WORKS
With any dam the major outlet work is the spillway, but other minor outlet
structures may be required to release water for irrigation, trickle flows or other
purposes.
6.7.1 The spillway
The spillway is the most important outlet and has to be designed to accommodate
the anticipated peak flood. It has to be a permanent structure that will not erode
and is located at a level that allows for the required water depth and freeboard
ascertained at the site selection and investigations stage.
Table 3 Quantities and costs of dam construction
Item Description Unit Quantity Rate Amount
1 Site investigation Sum
2 Engineer fees Sum
3 Movement charge Sum
4 Clearing site Hours
5 Excavating cutoff/core m
3
6 Backfilling m
3
7 Embankment work m
3
8 Training bank(s) m
3
9 Spillway m
3
10 Topsoil return m
3
11 Trimming/tidying Hours
12 Other …..
Subtotal
Contingencies @ x%
Total
6 Detailed design 49
Critical items are the entrance width ‘b’ (already discussed above and dependent
on the peak flood), the outfall (dependent usually on ‘b’ – refer below) and the
material the spillway will be constructed with and sited upon.
For grass spillways, the erosion hazard is an important consideration. Therefore,
this type of spillway should be horizontal at its entrance, ideally with a concrete
or masonry sill to level the entrance and control velocities and erosion. It can have
a slight crossfall (but no more than 5
o
) across the spillway and must have a safe
outfall to return floodwaters to the stream. Allowable flow velocities will depend
upon depth of flow (and in turn affect the freeboard) and the floor material of the
spillway.
Guidelines to follow are presented in Table 4. The guidelines assume that an earth
spillway is level and grassed with good, mat-forming creeping grass.
Calculations of minimum spillway width made for hydrological reasons should,
at this stage, be modified to meet the guidelines above. Always accept the more
conservative value – to thus increase spillway width – where dimensions vary.
6.7.2 Other outlet works
Trickle flow outlets are necessary where there would be perennial stream flow on
grass spillways, as these will protect the earth spillway from the hazards of rills
formed by a continuous low flow. The trickle flow can be passed out of the dam
by either a drop-inlet overflow in the embankment or a trickle flow channel in
the spillway. This may involve the use of reinforced concrete for which a set of
standard specifications and methods of construction are advised.
Drop inlet overflows
A drop inlet overflow consists of a pipe (or pipes) installed at the time of construc-
tion and set to an upstream level just below spillway (full supply) level. It is of a
diameter large enough to carry all but the flood flows. Depending on the design
discharge, the pipe can either protrude directly from the wall (for smaller flows) or
have an inlet chamber (for larger flows) located adjacent to the wall but designed
to prevent vortexing and possible erosion of the upstream face of the embankment.
The main spillway can be reserved for flood flows and problems of gullying will
thus be avoided (erosion may still occur as a result of floods. This should only
happen infrequently and can be treated accordingly).
The pipe, as illustrated (with inlet chamber) in Figures 9a and 9b, must be carefully
laid, true to line and level. Steel pipes should be flanged and concrete pipes should
have staunching rings (anti-seepage collars) to prevent seepage of water along the
Table 4 Guideline discharges and velocities for earth dam spillways
Type of surface Sand to sandy
loam
Sandy loam
to sandy
clay loam
Sandy clay
loam
Light clay Heavy
clay gravel
friable rock
Hard rock
Max velocity (m/s) 0.30 0.60 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50
Flow depth (m) at
spillway entrance
0.15 0.30 0.50 0.60 0.75 1.50
Discharge
(m
3
/s per m width)
0.05 0.20 0.35 0.60 1.00 2.50
Manual on small earth dams 50
outside of the pipe. The pipe should be laid in a trench cut in original ground on
the valley sides before the embankment is built. If stream flows are not known, the
minimum diameters of pipe are as follows:
– 300 mm for very small catchments.
– 375 mm for catchments up to 5 km
2
.
– 450 to 550 mm for catchments between 5 and 8 km
2
(i.e. ‘44 gallon’ drums in
concrete).
For known expected maximum stream flows the diameters of the pipe and its
physical gradient can be selected from Tables 5a or 5b.

Figure 9a - Drop-inlet overflow
Figure 9b - Section of a drop-inlet overflow
6 Detailed design 51
Table 5a is based on a maximum flow velocity of 2 m/s or a maximum friction head
loss of 2 m per 100 m of pipe. See Figures 9a and 9b for D1 and D2.
Trickle flow spillways
Where normal flows are small or a drop-inlet overflow was not installed at the time
of construction, a trickle flow spillway can be constructed within the existing grass
spillway(s). A well founded stone-pitched or brick-lined channel designed to carry
average stream flow can avoid subsequent erosion of the main spillway. A concrete
or masonry sill placed across the entrance and exit of the grassed spillway will also
reduce risk of erosion as well as allowing for control of the full supply level in
conjunction with a drop-inlet pipe. Maintenance (de-silting and repair works) may
be required after major floods or at the end of each rainy season.
6.7.3 Training banks and spillway outfall
Whether the spillway be grass, rock, drop-inlet, or trickle flow, an essential
requirement will be a safe return to flow downstream of the embankment. For any
spillway the avoidance of bends or constrictions to the channel must be adhered to.
Grass, and occasionally rock spillways, may require the construction of training
banks (stone pitched if necessary) to guide the flood flows away from the steeper
Table 5b – Gradient chart for drop-inlet overflow pipes
Q
(l/s)
Internal diameter of pipe (mm)
75 100 125 150 225 300 375 400
Approximate gradient required (1: … )
1.5
3
6
9
12
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
150
320
80
1 470
370
90
1 210
300
135
75
50
800
350
200
130
80
1 750
1 130
700
350
280
180
1 600
1 300
830
400
325
210
1 300
1 070
690
300
170
2 300
1 800
750
450
Note: Pipes are assumed flowing full, under negligible water pressure and are constructed of concrete or similar.
Table 5a – Guide to minimum dimensions of drop-inlet chambers and pipes
Dimension D1 (mm) Dimension D2 (mm) Diameter D3 (mm) Capacity (litres/s)
300 300 100 15
500 300 150 30
600 500 225 70
1 200 500 300 125
2 000 1 000 375 200
3 000 1 600 400 250
Manual on small earth dams 52
slopes and the downstream toe of the dam. A maximum slope of about 5 percent
for the return should be the goal and this should only be exceeded where rock is
to be used for the return. The actual outfall should be designed to be non-erosive
and, as a rule of thumb, the final width should be 1.5 to 2 times the entrance width
‘b’ thus reducing velocities of flow to manageable levels. Examples of training bank
and outfall designs are provided in the sample layout drawings in Annex 4.
On rock spillways, downstream erosion that will not endanger the embankment or
cause environmental problems and which will stop once the flow has eroded back
to the rock, is permissible. For drop inlet overflows the construction of a channel
of brick or stone from pipe outlet should be sufficient and this can then be led to a
safe dissipation point downstream.
If farm machinery or other vehicles are expected to use the embankment and
spillway as a road, the side slopes of the spillway should not exceed 25 percent and
some protection (i.e. stone or concrete crossings) from erosion by traffic should be
constructed at the time of building the dam.
6.7.4 Other outlets
Where the expected flows are sufficiently small, pipes leading through the embank-
ment high up on one bank at full supply level may be used and will prove cheaper
than a box inlet type overflow. Care must be exercised in leading the flow back
to the streambed and usually a stone pitched, brick or concrete lined channel is
required. Outlet pipes are often required where a regulated flow of water is needed
and these will be of steel or concrete with a control valve installed. The best option
is to lay the piping beneath the embankment (even if high up on the bank) at the
time of construction and it is important to ensure good rock or compacted soil
foundation along its entire length. The trench should be cut to size, (i.e. as narrow
as possible), with provision for seepage collars or flanges every 4-6 m and the pipe
laid on a bed of concrete and then covered by more concrete.
If the dam is already constructed and an outlet pipe is required, excavation into
the embankment is not recommended as this would create an area of weakness in
what is meant to be a unified structure. The alternatives are either to pump from
the upstream side over the embankment or to construct a siphon.
The pump(s) could be located on a raft with a flexible connection to a fixed pipe
on the dam, or be positioned on a ramp that will allow them to follow water levels
as they rise and fall to avoid too high suction lifts occurring (i.e. more than 3-5 m).
Siphons require careful construction to ensure all joints and valves are airtight and,
as insurance, some means of priming at the highest point may be incorporated in
the pipeline. With a siphon it is essential that the outlet be located at a level below
that of the inlet when the water level in the reservoir is at its lowest. Siphoning
water over an elevation of more than 5 m is not advisable and it may be necessary
to minimize the elevation difference by burying the pipe into the top portion of
the embankment.
6.8 THE EMBANKMENT
The embankment is the principal part of the dam and certain guidelines in design
and construction must be followed: the side slopes must not be steeper than 1:2
on the upstream and 1:1.75 on the downstream sides. Where embankments are
made of poor materials, or are likely to suffer erosion from cattle trampling or
6 Detailed design 53
wave action, the slopes should be made flatter to suit the circumstances involved.
Anthills and solid rock outcrops should be avoided unless there is no alternative.
Anthills should be completely excavated and the hole filled in, preferably with soil,
or, as a last resort, with treated ant heap material in well compacted thin layers.
Rock outcrops will require scraping down and key walls built into the embank-
ment or core.
6.9 FREEBOARD
Freeboard for small dams should never be less than 0.5 m with 0.75 m to 1.0 m
preferred. Where wave action is likely, additional freeboard may be required. This
can be estimated using the following formula:
Freeboard height, H’’ (in m) = 0.014 (F)
0.5
where H’’ is the freeboard height and F is the fetch which is the longest distance,
in km, across the storage area (usually measured in a straight line from the centre
line of the proposed embankment to the tailwater area of the proposed reservoir).
The overall freeboard height can then be calculated taking into account the wet
freeboard, H’’, (as estimated with the formula above) required to counteract wave
action and the dry freeboard (estimated by the engineer) for safety and other
factors. The total freeboard is effectively the design depth for the spillway (at its
entrance).
6.10 CORE DEPTH AND THICKNESS
Cores and cutoffs are expensive items in construction and should be designed
to the minimum required according to the FSL, the method of construction and
taking into account the comments below. The core will usually comprise the centre
of the embankment (refer to zoned dams above) and be designed to reduce seepage
to manageable levels.
For designing small dams, as the cutoff can be excavated by hand or small machin-
ery, it need not exceed 2 m wide. For larger dams, cutoffs can be excavated by
bulldozer or scraper and then will require a width, usually 4 m, that permits access.
Depths of cutoff should be to good foundation (solid rock or impermeable subsoil
layer) or to at least 0.75 times the height of the embankment. When using the latter
guideline, if poor material is encountered at the depth for finishing the excavation,
the cutoff should be continued until good foundation is encountered. It is very
difficult to rectify cutoff problems once the dam is completed and the reservoir
full of water so care must be taken in constructing this vital part of the dam and
costs should not be compromised. To further ensure that the cutoff is constructed
properly, and especially for trenches being excavated by contractors, the supervis-
ing engineer should insist that the finished trench is inspected before backfilling
commences.
Excavation of any trench requires safety factors to be considered and, for deep
trenches, benched or sloping sides or other measures may be required to reduce
the possibilities of the sides collapsing. Sloping or benched sides also permit easier
compaction and improves the bond between the backfill and the existing ground.
Manual on small earth dams 54
6.11 CREST WIDTH
The crest width of an embankment is selected taking into account the size of the
dam, the catchment characteristics and topography and whether road or other
access will be required across the embankment. In all cases, the embankment crest
width should be designed to allow the safe passage of plant and equipment to be
used in the dam construction and should be no less than 2 m wide.
Alternatively, and most appropriate to small dams exceeding 5 m in height, a
standard crest width of 3 m can be adopted or the formula below can be used:
Cw (in m) = 0.4H + 1
where Cw is the crest width and H is the maximum height of the dam in metres.
Always adopt the widest crest width possible (and flatter embankment slopes)
where foundations or construction materials are suspect.
To reduce erosion, all crests should be given a 2.5 percent crossfall to drain rainwa-
ter to the reservoir via the upstream slope of the embankment.
6.12 SETTLEMENT ALLOWANCE
The embankment will always settle a little after construction and the finished crest
should be given a settlement allowance that raises it above its design height at the
mid-point by between 5 percent and 10 percent and tapering off to the spillway
and valley sides.
6.13 STONE PITCHING AND TRAINING BANKS
Stone pitching is usually not necessary, as a good grass cover is normally sufficient
to protect the embankment here.
However, occasionally training banks may require stone pitching protection,
depending on the climatic regime and likely flood flows. The training banks should
be long enough to divert water safely away from the downstream toe of the dam.
They should have the same proportions and crest level as the main embankment.
Where natural spillways are to be used, the training bank material must be imported
from borrow areas as excavation on the site of the natural spillway is not desirable.
Similarly, the traversing of plant and vehicles over a natural spillway could lead to
problems later in establishing a good grass cover on partially compacted soils and
erosion in places where wheel tracks have been made.
6.14 SEEPAGE
Seepage is always a potential problem that should be considered at this stage and
the designer-builder will have to bear in mind the permeability of the fill materials
and of the foundation, the position and flow of groundwater at the site, the type
and design of any core or below ground cutoff within the embankment, and the use
of drainage devices to collect and safely channel seepage water in the downstream
section of the embankment. All earth dams will have some seepage and it is unre-
alistic not to expect this. If seepage is considered as a potential problem, counter-
measures – such as filters, drains, clay blankets and flatter side slopes – introduced
at the design stage can reduce any risks to a minimum.
6 Detailed design 55
6.15 FILTERS AND DRAINS
Filters are expensive and are not normally required for smaller dams.
The aim of all seepage ‘filter’ drains is to lower the phreatic surface (the ‘seepage
line’) within the embankment to prevent water from emerging from the down-
stream slope where erosive and absorptive flows could cause slumping of the
material and endanger the whole structure.
Trenches dug into the subsoil beneath the downstream face and toe, at the time
of construction, and filled with rock and gravel (the latter helping to limit the
movement of finer embankment material into the drains) and continued to a collec-
tor drain network at least 3-5 m below the toe line, can safely bring seepage lines
down to allow flow out from beneath the embankment.
The configuration of the filter zones, however, will depend upon the type of
embankment:
¼In a modified homogenous dam, the filter is generally placed as a blanket
15

of sand and fine gravel on the downstream foundation area, extending from
the cutoff/core trench boundary to the edge of the downstream toe and then
taken to safe discharge by the toe drains.
¼In a zoned dam, the filter is placed between the core and the downstream
shell zone. A longitudinal ‘chimney’ drain of gravel material that collects the
intercepted seepage flow and carries it to the base of the chimney and, via
one or more transverse drains, conveys the water to the toe drains outside the
embankment.
Such drains are essential when seepage risks are considered high – for example,
a downstream fill material of fairly low permeability, or a homogeneous dam
on an impervious foundation, would always require seepage drains. A saturated
downstream area can lead to instability and slippage. If this is significant it may
deplete the volume of fill to the extent that the weight is insufficient to resist the
forces exerted on the embankment by the water pressure in the reservoir and from
beneath the dam. Partial or complete failure may then result.
Other measures to reduce seepage are blankets
16
of impermeable material laid on
the upstream face and a rock toe constructed to add weight to the structure (and
assist in relieving pore pressure in the downstream section of the embankment).
Figure 10 illustrates a typical clay blanket laid, with a new cutoff, on the upstream
face of an existing dam or, possibly, a new dam with poor foundation. Clay blankets
can be expensive for larger dams and the option of perhaps less costly filters and
drains, to safely take seepage away from the dam and relieve high water pressures
within the embankment, should be weighed against the loss of water before a clay
blanket is installed.
In established dams, seepage drains can be excavated in the downstream shoulder
to relieve water problems but results are always less satisfactory than for drains
installed at the time of construction.
15 Never less than 500 mm thick.
16 300 mm thick for dams up to 3 m high, 500 mm thick for dams 3-5 m high and 750-1 000 mm thick for
dams 5-8 m high.
Manual on small earth dams 56
More details on seepage and countermeasures can be found in FAO guidelines on
small dams and weirs in earth and gabion materials (FAO, 2001).
Advice on drainage from an expert is always recommended as the capacity and
spacing of drains and the ratio of coarse to fine materials in the filters can be impor-
tant.
6.16 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
It is at this stage that any environmental impact-assessment reports should be
completed and any works required to mitigate such impacts be designed and
costed. For small dams impacts are usually correspondingly small and may not
require significant works. Including a small percentage of the total cost in the bill of
quantities and costings (under other works) may suffice to cover any likely costs.
Conserving the catchment before works commence to allow vegetative cover to
become well established and thus reduce sedimentation can be considered.
Even if an environmental impact assessment is not required, at the design stage for
any new dam, consider the need for environmental flows and releases from the
dam – usually in the dry season – to maintain the downstream watercourse in as
natural condition as possible.
Provision of drinking water supplies downstream of the dam (using pipes under
or through the embankment and simple, sand filters and stand pipes under gravity
pressure) will reduce access to the reservoir by people and livestock. Alternatively,
wells and hand pumps in the same area may prove suitable and allow local people
access to water that may otherwise be lost to seepage.
Fencing the dam and reservoir may be required to prevent access to the embank-
ment and reservoir. Where this is not possible and to reduce the incidence of shisto-
somiasis, malaria and other water-borne diseases by keeping grass cover around the
reservoir and in flowing channels to a minimum (including regular cutting), raising
and lowering reservoir levels and removing the possibilities of standing water in
and around the dam will help.
Figure 10 - Clay blanket and new cutoff
6 Detailed design 57
Much of the above should become the responsibility of the communities benefiting
from the dam and a programme of education (incorporating health and sanitation)
on the use of the dam and its resources should be initiated at an early stage in the
design/construction process. Involvement of the beneficiaries in any remedial or
mitigation works (under any community contribution to the overall works) also
engenders a sense of responsibility in using and maintaining the water resource
provided.
Dam construction disturbs the landscape around the dam (excavation, clearing areas
for storage, accommodation and parking, access roads) and such works should be
kept to a minimum. It should be part of any contract for the contractor to remove
and store the topsoil of any area to be disturbed and then return such topsoil to
the site to allow normal vegetation to re-grow and prevent any subsequent erosion.
For borrow areas it can prove difficult to restore them to their original condition
but infilling them with waste material from the dam reservoir area and then topsoil-
ing and grassing them will mitigate much of the negative impacts. Alternatively,
converting any such pits to fish ponds can be considered (and the pits can be exca-
vated at the time of construction with this eventual aim in mind).
Dam construction 7
7 Dam construction 61
7 Dam construction
7.1 SETTING OUT THE DAM SITE
This should be completed immediately prior to the start of construction to avoid
unnecessary ground clearing and the loss of pegs and benchmarks. Should the
original site survey pegs become lost, the dam centre line must be re-established
with additional and substantial reference pegs, installed at each end of the centre line,
a good distance from where construction will occur. If the original benchmark(s)
is (are) not satisfactory another should be established on a permanent site within
easy reference distance.
The centre-line pegs should be installed at the ends of the embankment and at
every change in ground level. For each change in ground level a ‘mating’ peg (see
Figure 11a) should be established by level or GPS on the opposite side of the
valley, but still on the centre line.
At each peg on the centre line of the embankment, the distances of the toe pegs
upstream and downstream are calculated and set out at right angles as in Figure 11b.
Unless it is a very small dam, it is advisable to make an extra allowance of 10
percent on the height of the embankment for future settlement. If this is not done
at this stage the process can become very tedious and time consuming, as pegs have
to be offset from the toe peg or centre line at every construction level. For very
small dams (i.e. less than 5 m high) it is common to add a settlement allowance to
the top of the embankment at the end of construction.
The toe peg offset distances from the centre line are calculated using the formula:
Offset distance (m) = S. H + 0.5 Cw
S is the slope value
H is the height of the embankment (m)
including 10 percent allowance
Cw is crest width (m)
Pegs will be required to indicate the core and crest. If the core is central and has the
same width as the crest, the pegs will serve a dual function.
On the spillway side, pegs are located where the spillway cut (if any) begins and
ends and additional pegs are placed in an arc along the sides of the spillway channel
(see Figure 11b). A 15 m interval between pegs is desirable and each should show
the depth of the excavation required, note being made of the slope within the
spillway itself (usually 1:400) needed to encourage flood water to flow away from
the training bank and end of the embankment.
When all the pegs have been installed, and a full pegging layout drawn up, all the
ramifications of the project can be discussed with the client and/or plant operator so
that any risk of error and opportunity for misunderstanding are minimized and use
of equipment and efficiency maximized.
Where:
Manual on small earth dams 62
Figure 11a - Mating pegs
Figure 11b - Pegging layout
7 Dam construction 63
7.2 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Consideration of what plant and equipment is available, the conditions of opera-
tion and distances materials are to be moved, as well as size and type of dam to be
built, are the most important factors in determining the plant and equipment to be
used.
Bulldozers are not generally recommended as they make it difficult to achieve the
levels of compaction and layering essential in any earth embankment. Very small
dams made of impermeable material, up to heights of 2 m, can be successfully
constructed by bulldozers (calling for settlement allowance of up to 20 percent).
Reference should be made to Section 8.6 for more detailed information on this.
Heavy earthmoving machines – such as elevating scrapers and push loading scrapers
are not really necessary for small dams unless time is an important factor, short-
haul distances are involved and construction rates are particularly economic. For
most farm dams, construction by wheeled tractor or crawler drawn dam scoops
will be sufficient and, where plant or fuel is not available, ox-drawn dam scoops
can be used to construct the embankment. The latter are most suitable for smaller
dams and, although they make for a relatively slow process, costs are minimized
and an excellent degree of compaction is obtained through the movement of the
cattle across the core and embankment. Even tractor drawn scoops are slow and the
time element in construction must be considered before a decision to build a dam
is made. Dam scoops range in capacity from 0.5 m
3
to 2 m
3
, with the most popular
being 1 m
3
, and require a tractor of around 40 KW minimum power to pull them.
Considering a typical site with a turn around time of four minutes, one unit would
move about 15 m
3
/hour. Working an average of eight hours a day one unit would
thus take 83 working days under ideal conditions to move the material involved in
the construction of a dam with 10 000 m
3
of earthworks.
Therefore, when farm equipment is to be used on a dam site, scheduling is of para-
mount importance if the dam is to be constructed within the time period allowed
(i.e. often before the next rainy season) without interfering with other farm activi-
ties such as land preparation and cultivation.
7.3 COMPACTION EQUIPMENT AND TECHNIQUES
The compaction of soil is essential to increase the shear strength of a material to
achieve high levels of embankment stability. A high degree of compaction will
increase soil density by packing together soil particles with the expulsion of air
voids. Comparing the shear strength with the moisture content for a given degree
of compaction, it is found that the greatest shear strength is generally attained at
moisture contents lower than saturation.
If the soil is too wet, the material becomes too soft and the shear stresses imposed
on the soil during compaction are greater than the soil’s shear strength, so that
compaction energy is dissipated largely in shearing without any appreciable
increase in density.
If the soil is too dry, a material compacted in this condition will have a higher
percentage of air-spaces than a comparable soil compacted wet. It will take up
moisture more easily and become more nearly saturated with consequent loss of
strength and impermeability.
Manual on small earth dams 64
A damp soil, properly layered and compacted with a minimum of air voids also
reduces the tendency for settlement under steady and repeated loading.
In dam construction, following correct compaction techniques is probably as
important as choosing the correct materials. Where laboratory analysis is not avail-
able the following guidelines should be adhered to:
¼The soil to be compacted must be damp but not too wet and it must be
layered along the full length of the embankment in depths appropriate to
the equipment used. Farm machinery (e.g. tractor tyres filled with water
following a staggered track or small rollers) and hand methods are usually
only sufficient to successfully compact layers 75-100 mm deep. Heavier
plant such as sheepsfoot rollers (ideal for clayey soils), vibratory and smooth
wheeled rollers (ideally for sandy soils) can work with layers up to 200 mm
thick and obviously are preferable where large quantities and widths require
compaction.
¼Where soil moisture content is low, borrow pit irrigation always results in
a more uniform distribution of water in the soil to be compacted. It is also
more economic than adding water to the construction surface and often assists
working of the soil by the excavators. Time is saved on the embankment by
avoiding having to water the surface between layers. Judicious planning with
ripping and ploughing of the borrow area before irrigation and allowing the
water to soak in over one or more days (depending on climate, soil type and
quantity of water applied) before excavation will assist the development of
uniform moisture contents in the earth fill materials.
¼Always adopt compaction techniques that will reduce the gross depth of any
layer by at least 25 percent.
7.3.1 Rollers
Sheepsfoot rollers can compact layers of soil up to 200 mm deep gross (i.e. about
150 mm after compaction) and satisfactory densities can normally be obtained with
6-12 passes at a roller speed of 3-6 km/h when the soil moisture content is right.
It is important to keep these rollers clean as soil collecting between the feet will
reduce compacting ability. Sheepsfoot rollers are more effective than other rollers
in compacting drier clay (but will require more passes) and will churn and blend
the soil which is useful in distributing water throughout the construction surface
when borrow pit irrigation is not possible.
Vibrating rollers are more suited to the compaction of sandy soils and where
resulting very high densities are required. In dam construction their usefulness is
usually limited to small-scale work such as narrow cutoff compaction, trench work
and similar.
Rammers and plates have much the same application and are used where space is
a limitation and in specialized work such as trenches, behind concrete and around
pipe work.
Smooth wheeled rollers are more efficient at reducing air-spaces and continue the
compaction of lower layers of the embankment through new layers to a greater
extent than comparable sheepsfoot rollers. On similar layer depths, and at the
same speed, a smooth wheeled roller would probably require slightly fewer passes
to obtain similar soil densities when compared with sheepsfoot rollers. However,
7 Dam construction 65
the latter often prove more appropriate in use for dam construction as their lighter
weight and versatility allow them to be pulled by farm machinery on a variety of
surfaces.
On clay soils, smooth-wheeled rollers can form seepage paths between layers of
soils laid on the embankment. If a sheepsfoot roller is not available to compact
such soils, the layers of clay should be reduced in gross depth and final surfaces
roughened (by harrowing or similar) to permit a good bonding between compacted
layers.
7.4 SITE CLEARING AND PREPARATION
7.4.1 Base of the dam
All trees and roots, grass, grass roots and topsoil must be removed. Once the trees
have been removed (by hand usually) the dam scoop or scraper can be used to
remove about 100 mm of top soil which can then be left in a position from which it
can be later retrieved to dress the completed embankment or other disturbed areas.
7.4.2 Borrow areas
Borrow areas should have been demarcated according to usefulness some time
previous to the start of construction with, if possible, analysis of soil samples being
undertaken by a local soils’ laboratory. For smaller dams, a visual or rough physical
assessment may suffice.
The high percentage organic material top layer must be removed and put to one
side for future use. Although borrow areas within the proposed reservoir are
desirable, care must be used to make sure that permeable layers are not exposed
by the removal of impermeable soil above, as this process, if conducted close to
the embankment, could lead to seepage problems later. Also, no excavation should
occur nearer than 10 m from the toe of the embankment.
Excavated soil (from the borrow pit) must be frequently monitored to check that
its quality and moisture content has not changed and that it is still suitable for
emplacement in the embankment. The core and cutoff trench require good quality
clay, the downstream shoulder poorer and coarser material (drainage is important)
and the upstream shoulder a clay soil of some impermeability.
Compaction of the core and cutoff trench is important and the amount of compac-
tion required in all sections will vary from site to site according to the soil quality.
Generally, drier and lower clay percentage soils require more compaction and vice
versa. Soils of around 20-30 percent clay are ideal as core material and those of
lower percentage clay for the upstream shoulder.
7.5 SETTLEMENT
As the dam settles, the crest should fall close to horizontal. It is important to check
this by survey every few months in the first years of operation to ensure over- or
uneven- settlement does not occur. If this does occur, remedial measures (filling
by topsoil and grass is usually sufficient) will be required to restore the crest to its
design level.
If poorer and/or coarser soils are to be used, some increase in the settlement
allowance considered at the setting out stage may be necessary. In most cases this
increase should not be more than 15 percent overall.
Manual on small earth dams 66
7.6 SPILLWAY
Natural spillways are generally best for all earth dams but often some degree of
cut is required to obtain the necessary design slopes. In all cases the movement of
machinery over the spillway area should be minimized to avoid over compacting
the existing soil, establishing track ways (which could lead to erosion later) and
destroying any existing grass cover. Where a cut is required it should be kept to
a minimum and, unless unavoidable, should not involve complete removal of the
topsoil. If the latter does occur, over cut will be necessary, the additional depth
being required because good quality topsoil and grass cover will have to be placed
once the desired profile has been attained. Any large volume spillway cut should
be done at a time when the excavated material (if suitable) can be included with
the material being moved to construct the main embankment or reserved to fill in
borrow pits. Smaller volumes of cut material can usually be included in the training
bank.
7.7 CONSTRUCTING THE EMBANKMENT
7.7.1 The core/cutoff trench
As this is the most important part of any embankment, great care is necessary in
the excavation, fill and use of material.
Width and depth should have been determined at the design stage. Width (2 m
minimum) will often depend on the equipment used in the excavation and also on
the size of the dam.
The minimum depth necessary will depend on site conditions but in all excavations
the cutoff trench must be taken down to good quality impermeable material such
as clay or solid rock or to a minimum of three-quarters of the dam’s crest height. If
rock is located and is generally good, it is permissible to fill any cracks or fissures
with compacted clay or mortar, provided they can be fully cleaned and traced to
ensure seepage paths will not develop later. If an impermeable layer of sufficient
thickness has not been reached and the trench depth is to the required 0.75H, the
cutoff trench excavation can stop only if the material encountered is not of a coarse
or gravelly nature (as often occurs in streambeds). If permeable material is found it
is vital that the cutoff is taken through it to a depth sufficient to find more imper-
meable material.
Before backfilling, the excavation should be checked to ensure that the conditions
above have been complied with. Short cuts taken at this stage can prove costly later
and seepage through the embankment can become excessive if the correct depth
into the correct material is not achieved. A little extra time and care in the excava-
tion of the core is usually worthwhile.
Other requirements such as coffer dams, special compaction, dewatering equipment
and safety provisions in the trench should be considered before excavation starts,
to allow the work to be carried out efficiently. An assessment of the site condition,
for example to ascertain groundwater levels, at the design stage would allow such
special provisions to be included in the cost estimates.
Once the excavation has been checked and found satisfactory, backfilling can occur.
The best clay soil should be used and compacted in layers no more than 75-100 mm
thick (50-75 mm is best), throughout the length of the trench. Although compac-
tion can be achieved by staggered wheel tracks (if tractors are used, fill the tyres
7 Dam construction 67
with water), it may be more desirable to use hand labour and tamping devices
(75-100 mm diameter wooden poles are usually sufficient), or towed equipment
(where thicker layers are permissible), to obtain the high levels of compaction
required. For broader cores, sheepsfoot rollers or vibrating compacters may be
more economical.
Water bowsers or irrigation equipment may be useful in assisting compaction.
Ant heap material or cracking clays are not recommended for core filling but if the
former is used it should be chemically treated and in all cases kept as far as possible
below the ground level sections of the core (which should remain wet throughout
the year).
7.7.2 Embankment
Once the cutoff has been brought up to ground level, the embankment can be
constructed. If necessary, and usually because of time limitations, it may prove
prudent to construct the cutoff some time before the rest of the dam (i.e. during the
previous dry season ensuring the works are protected from erosion).
The embankment can proceed with careful and continuous monitoring of the soil
types being used to check that the right soil is placed in the appropriate section. The
core is continued up through the centre of the wall as the other sections are placed.
Because of the width involved, hand compaction may not be feasible and other
methods will have to be used. As mentioned, no layer should exceed the recom-
mended depth and, if the tractor/scraper operative proves incapable of maintaining
such a standard, graders or labourers with shovels and rakes may be needed.
The removal of the soil from the borrow areas can be assisted by ripping or irrigat-
ing the area involved (avoid over-watering which could lead to traction problems).
The latter is especially desirable for core and upstream sections where the soil, if
used wet, may be more readily compacted.
At stages determined by the designer/supervisor, the embankment as constructed
should be surveyed to check that the slopes conform to design limits. If there is any
variation, remedial measures will be necessary:
¼If the slopes are too flat a berm could be constructed to allow an overall slope
closer to the design.
¼If the slopes are too steep, rectification is more difficult as, before earth can be
placed to flatten the slopes, keys are required in the existing face to reduce the
formation of slip surfaces between the older and newer material. In the latter
case, although the slope may be corrected in this way the stability of the dam is
never as good as it should be, since it is difficult to obtain the same compaction
levels and cohesion as in the original structure.
It is better therefore to avoid such problems by careful and frequent monitoring of
the structure as it takes shape, especially at the beginning of the work when opera-
tors and other staff are more prone to make mistakes. Guide boards and pegs can
assist at this time with boards cut to the correct angle to be laid on the slope with
a spirit level or plumb bob to show horizontal or vertical.
When the embankment is at the correct height it must be surveyed to check
in particular that the crest has been built slightly convex with more soil laid in
the centre where the most settlement will occur. The crest should have a slight
Manual on small earth dams 68
slope (crossfall) towards the upstream side of the embankment to permit the safe
drainage of rainwater to the reservoir rather than the downstream slope. Over the
next few months, and finally after one year, the embankment should be rechecked
to assess settlement and to allow the placement of soil at any sections that settle to
below horizontal. The spillway should be checked to prove the design slopes were
adhered to. If large flood flows occur, or are expected, stone pitching or concreting
of the end of the embankment and one or both sides of the spillway channel may
be necessary to reduce the risk of erosion.
It is very important that good grass cover, preferably of creeping grass type, is
established on both the embankment and the spillway before the likelihood of
heavy rains. This could mean constructing most of the spillway before work on
the embankment itself starts, ideally at the end of the previous rainy season when
water for establishing grass is available.
Either way, the last soil layers to be laid on the embankment, and on any spillway
cut sections, should be of good quality topsoil so as to encourage rapid and dense
grass growth. Manuring and irrigation may prove beneficial. To minimize erosion
caused by people and animals the embankment should be fenced and gated and, in
some cases, special protected pathways for watering livestock should be provided
to keep animals well clear of sensitive areas. If erosion does occur, particularly at
the early stages, much time and effort can be saved by prompt remedial action.
After any heavy rainstorm the dam should be inspected. Any rills or gullies filled
in and replanted with grass before the situation becomes too advanced. Where soil
and grass cover are difficult to establish, wiring of the topsoil and vegetation may
assist in re-turfing with suitable sods in any holes that occur.
Special cases 8
8 Special cases 71
8 Special cases
8.1 INTRODUCTION
With specialized technical advice and supervision, earth embankments can be
successfully constructed on sites that are likely otherwise to cause difficulties. If it
is considered that the risks and extra expenses involved are worth taking, dams can
be constructed on problematical sites by following the normal procedures already
outlined but modifying them to suit each particular site. If civil engineering advice
and expertise are not available, the height of the embankment should be kept to the
minimum commensurate with the water storage required.
8.2 EARTH EMBANKMENT ON ROCK FOUNDATION
In some cases – and where there is no risk of the embankment sliding on the rock
surface – an earth embankment may be cheaper than a masonry dam or weir.
The construction of such a dam is straightforward and many of the procedures
described previously are involved. However, there are one or two items whose
importance must be stressed.
The rock on which the embankment is to be built must be solid throughout its
length (minor cracks should be traced, cleaned out and filled in with concrete) and
be of a width sufficient to provide a good base for the wall. It is better if the rock
width is greater than the required base width, but this is not absolutely necessary
for a successful dam to be constructed. Some investigation will be needed to ascer-
tain that the rock extends to a depth great enough to act as a cutoff to seepage that
may occur.
Once proved suitable, the rock should be cleared of all weathered or loose material.
A low and wide key wall is then constructed along the proposed dam length (usually
at or near the centre line) to minimum dimensions of 0.6 m wide and 0.4 m high.
Immediately before the bricks, stone or concrete are placed, the rock foundation
is prepared with a cement wash (cement and water mixed to a cream consistency)
to assist anchorage. Anchor bolts or cutting of a trench into the rock, if equipment
is available, will be of assistance. The key wall should not be 100 percent solid,
but should have, at regular intervals, small gaps or pipes that will allow passage of
seepage water through it without significantly affecting its structural abilities.
The central core of the embankment is to be beside and on top of this key wall and
it is usually necessary to place the initial layers each side of the wall, to the design
width, by hand. Following normal procedures, the best clay soil available should
be used and laid in layers, 50-75 mm thick and well compacted by wetting, careful
ramming and/or rolling. Once the core has reached to above the key wall, place-
ment can follow using machinery and the embankment’s construction can proceed
as already outlined.
Alternatively, the core can be placed first to a height exceeding 0.5 m and then
a central section of 0.6 m wide excavated from it to the rock and the key wall
constructed within this trench.
Manual on small earth dams 72
If settlement of the embankment is likely to be significant or of a nature that could
cause cracks in the key wall (differential settlement can lead to a rigid structure
being deformed to such an extent that fractures occur), some form of reinforcing is
advocated to strengthen the structure. Fencing mesh or reinforcing wire placed in
the wall is usually adequate.
8.3 EARTH EMBANKMENT USING POOR EARTHWORK MATERIAL
If good clay soils are not available, an embankment can be constructed safely, if
certain modifications to the design are made.
The core should be placed using the most impervious material available; ant heap
material can be considered only as a last resort and must be treated before and
during backfilling. Cracking or swelling clays may be used but it is advisable to
mix them with coarser soil as all that is required of a core material is that it has
sufficient clay in it for binding and rendering the mass as plastic and as impervi-
ous as possible. If it is likely that this material is to be used the dam owner should
be advised that the embankment should not be allowed to dry out or fill up too
quickly, and should be kept as full of water as is possible.
The embankment itself should be designed with as flat a slope as can be economi-
cally entertained, but no steeper than 1:2 for the downstream face and 1:2.25 or 2.5
for the upstream. As is normal, the coarser material should be laid on the down-
stream side of the core.
8.4 AN EXISTING EMBANKMENT WITH SEEPAGE PROBLEMS
Excessive seepage from a dam can indicate serious problems. Dirty water seeping
from the downstream face is an indication that soil material is being eroded within
and being carried from the embankment. This is usually associated with poor
soils and poor compaction in the embankment or in the cutoff/core and remedial
measures can be put in place that will reduce seepage to manageable and safer levels.
To improve the impermeability of the embankment, a clay blanket of 0.25-1 m
thickness should be laid on the upstream side of the core (refer to Figure 10).
Puddling of the reservoir floor immediately upstream of the dam, and gravel drains
and filters placed on the downstream side, are recommended. More details on
measures to reduce seepage and improve drainage are provided in Finishing Works.
Once a dam has developed seepage problems such as this it must be regularly
checked – installing piezometers to measure phreatic levels in the embankment is
recommended – to assess whether seepage is being controlled and whether more
problems are developing, and if so how important they are. Throughout the dam’s
life continual inspection and maintenance is necessary, especially in the first few
years after the remedial work has been completed.
8.5 MASONRY CENTRE SPILL DAMS
Masonry centre spillways are normally required when there is no alternative but to
spill floodwater over a central portion of the dam. For most farm dams the centre
spill structure can be a gravity weir founded on rock and constructed from masonry
or concrete or, if founded on less rigid material, can be constructed from gabions (see
details in the FAO publication on small dams and weirs in earth and gabion materi-
als (2001)) with headwalls each side to key the spillway into the earth embankment.
8 Special cases 73
An example of a suitable headwall is shown in Figure 12.
Spilling must be done on to rock or into an energy dissipater (a stilling basin) and
suitable provision made downstream to counteract any erosion risks in the stream-
bed. River training through use of stone-pitched or concrete channels and gabions
may be necessary in extreme cases.
For larger dams, civil engineering advice should be sought to ensure the stability
of the centre spill structure.
8.6 BULLDOZER DAMS
Although not recommended as sound and long-lived structures, bulldozer dams
can provide cheap and useful ways of storing small quantities of water for such
purposes as stock watering, water planting, fish farming, garden irrigation and
domestic uses.
Figure 12a - Inside face of typical stepped headwall
Figure 12b - Exterior face of typical battered headwall
Manual on small earth dams 74
The use of bulldozers to push up a wall of soil across a watercourse is not advised.
Any correctly built bulldozer dam should follow the procedure below:
¼Maximum height 4 m.
¼Minimum base width (for this 4 m height) of 20 m and including a crest
width of 3 m.
¼The foundation area must be cleared of all organic material and topsoil to a
maximum depth of 150 mm.
¼The foundation must be well compacted and should have key trenches
excavated if necessary.
¼Earthworks’ material is pushed by bulldozer, from the reservoir side only,
and spread over the complete length of the dam in layers up to 150 mm (less
is better) thick.
¼Each layer is compacted using the best means available (i.e. cattle, tractor
tyres full of water, labourers using poles, etc.).
¼The side slopes must be no steeper than 1:2 and flatter is better.
A spillway is always needed for these dams unless they are expected to fill from
seepage or directly from rainfall as ‘dewponds’ in the United Kingdom and ‘haffirs’
in Ethiopia and Eritrea. A small pipe, installed in a trench on one side of the dam
at a suitable elevation (0.5 to 1 m below full supply level), may suffice unless
streamflows are high. For the latter, an emergency spillway on one bank may be
required. It is important that this spillway is truly horizontal at the embankment,
is well grassed and the end of the embankment and the toe of the dam protected
from erosion by rip-rap, stone pitching or gabions.
The keying of such embankments to boulders or anthills is not recommended
as the boulders are likely to provide poor anchorage and have attendant seepage
problems and anthills will lead to termites moving into the dam to cause major
problems after a few years.
Maintenance is a continual issue with bulldozer dams, but with regular inspection,
especially after heavy early rains or floods, this can be kept to a minimum.
If dry season water supply is essential, or evaporation rates are high, excavation of
the deepest part of the reservoir to produce a total depth of four or more metres
may be worthwhile. In any case, to reduce risks of endangering the dam’s stability,
excavation should not take place nearer than 10 m from the upstream toe of the
dam and well clear of any spillway section.
8.7 DAMS IN LOW RAINFALL AREAS
Where, because of low rainfall, it is not possible to establish and maintain grass
cover on the spillway and embankment, other measures to prevent erosion should
be taken.
The spillway should be stone-pitched throughout with large stones, well wedged
(refer to Figure 3), and with the long axis of each stone at 90
0
to the ground surface.
Any spaces between stones should be filled with soil and planted with suitable
creeping grass.
The embankment itself can be stone-pitched but, as this is likely to be costly, it may
be more feasible to stone pitch or put rip-rap, correctly sized and placed, on areas
of high risk such as the ends of the embankment and areas likely to be affected by
8 Special cases 75
wave action, and then to place loose stone and rock on the rest of the embankment.
At the design stage it may be necessary to adopt flatter slopes to facilitate this.
Irrigation of the spillway and embankment before the rainy season to encourage
creeping grass growth between the stones should be advised where possible. Again,
regular inspection and maintenance of such dams is necessary if their lives are to be
maximized and repair work is to be minimized.
8.8 ESTIMATING CAPACITY IN A RAISED DAM
The capacity of a new dam or a raised dam can be estimated using survey methods
and the formula:
Q = LTH’
6
Where aerial photos are used and the reservoir surface at full supply level is calcu-
lated and the deepest point known, the formula Q = H’ A’ can be used.
However, in the case of a raised dam it may be possible to use the formula
Q = k(H’)
3
if the following is known:
- old capacity (Q), in m
3

- old H` (deepest point at ISL), in m
- new H` (deepest point at new ISL), in m
Then, by calculating factor k and including it in the equation Q = kH
3
, the new Q
can be readily determined without recourse to time consuming and occasionally
difficult survey methods.
For example, if:
old H’ =10 m and (H’)
3
= 1 000
old Q = 200 000 m
3
k = (H’)
3
= 200

Therefore if:
new H’ = 15 m
Using the above formula:
new Q = 200 x 3 375 = 675 000 m
3
3
Q
Finishing works 9
9 Finishing works 79
9 Finishing works
9.1 INTRODUCTION
When the embankment has been constructed, and all major outlets and drains
installed, the dam can then be finished off. It is quite important that the training
banks along the spillway sides are well established with grass cover and protected
with other erosion prevention measures before the spillway is to be used. Rains
on an unprotected embankment and water flow through an incomplete spillway
can, at the least, cause minor rills and gullies and, at worst, destroy the structure
altogether. Therefore, when most of the heavy earthmoving and other work has
been done, it is vitally important not to neglect the minor finishing touches that, if
delayed, can negate much or all of the work already performed.
Even when finishing works have been carried out properly, and at the right time,
minor problems with erosion and settlement are commonplace. Because of this a
programme of regular inspection and maintenance has to be instigated to ensure
that no major hazards arise.
The remainder of the site should not be ignored. Areas used for storage, accom-
modation or the access and parking for plant and equipment should be restored
as much as possible to their original condition. Topsoil and grass reserved at the
beginning of the works can be spread on such areas to allow vegetation to re-estab-
lish itself and erosion risks of exposed soils to be minimized. Borrow pits and other
areas used to excavate materials should also be filled in as much as possible (using
any leftover or unused materials) and then grassed unless they can be converted to
water-storage ponds.
9.2 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
At the time of siting the dam it should have been made clear to the local
community/dam owner that to maintain the dam in good condition and to prolong
its life as a sound, useful water resource, competent and timely inspection and
maintenance are going to be required.
All dams must be inspected at least annually. In dry season climates the best time
to carry out this work is before the beginning of the rainy season, when most of
the dam and its reservoir area can be seen. Time after the inspection (and before the
rains begin) must be allowed for to complete any remedial or repair work.
All dams with grass spillways must be visited after every heavy rainstorm and
flood. This is most important at the beginning of the rainy season when, because
of limited grass cover, erosion risks are highest.
All new dams that have not completely stabilized and settled require frequent
visits and, again, the beginning of the rainy season is an important time, especially
if a grass cover has not been established. After the first year or so, a more routine
inspection programme can commence. Initially visits (which will vary from site to
site) should not be less than twice a month and after every rain or flood.
Manual on small earth dams 80
9.3 TRAINING BANKS
Training banks are required along one or both sides of the spillway to keep flood-
water away from the downstream toe and shoulder of the embankment and within
the channel. Training banks are often constructed without a core, but often will use
the same slopes as the main embankment. However, the design can vary accord-
ing to site conditions and crest widths and heights can be reduced as required. In
construction, care should be taken to avoid traversing the spillway and no earth
should be removed from the channel bed for this bank unless cut is required to
form the spillway.
Concrete or stone pitching at the end of the main embankment and along the inner
sides of the training banks may be advisable.
9.4 OTHER WORKS
In finishing the main embankment, the crest should be given a slight downward
slope towards the reservoir so as to encourage runoff towards the reservoir and the
less erodible upstream section of the embankment. The accumulation of water on
and in the downstream shoulder must be avoided.
Tidying up, cosmetic work and other minor works can often be left to the farmer/
dam owner/community rather than the contractor. These activities prove unneces-
sarily costly if heavy plant is to be used. Such finishing work should include the
following:
¼Grass planting (spillway, outfall and embankment)
¼Sodding spillway (cut sections) and around stone-pitched areas
¼Stone pitching spillway (low rainfall areas)
¼Finishing trickle flow outlet and the outfall pipe arrangements
¼Digging seepage drains
¼Fencing
¼Fertilizing and irrigating grassed areas
¼Stone pitching training bank and embankment
¼Concreting high erosion risk areas
Last, if gauges at the spillway, or other outlets or reservoir depth indicators are
required these should be installed at this time (when they cannot be damaged by
plant and traffic associated with the construction). Similarly, signboards and any
safety advice notices should be considered at this time.
9.5 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
A farm dam is usually to be found in its best condition immediately after construc-
tion. To keep it in good order it is very important that maintenance is carried out
regularly.
Preparation of a check list of activities to be completed annually (or more
frequently) should be prepared and maintained as record of maintenance activities
and works carried out.
9 Finishing works 81
This check list should include the following:
9.5.1 Grass cover
It is essential that a good creeping grass type (i.e. kikuyu, couch or star grass) is
established on all bare earth surfaces as soon as possible after construction and
preferably before the first heavy rains. At the time of construction all topsoil
removed from the site (i.e. for foundation or spillway excavation work) should
have been stockpiled and the latter used to finish off the dam with a good last layer
(50-75 mm deep) of soil. This can then be mixed with manure or fertilizer (300 kg/ha of
nitrogenous based fertilizer) and planted to grass. Where water is available, irriga-
tion will greatly assist the establishment of a grass cover which will reduce erosion
and related problems to a minimum.
In harsher environments or where soils used as earthworks’ material are likely to
be susceptible to erosion the designer/engineer can adopt one of several short-term
solutions:
¼Cover soil with a layer of gravel or loose light stone pitching (rip-rap in
wet or wave action areas) which, if there is any, the grass can grow through.
Where gravel and stone is expensive or difficult to find such protection
should be limited to steeper slopes. If these areas are lightly irrigated before
the rains start, the material will be bound together by the growing grass.
¼Plant a short-lived cover crop, such as rye grass, pigeon peas or similar,
that will grow rapidly and provide limited protection to the embankment
and spillway while a creeping grass establishes itself beneath. Cutting the
crop before seeding takes place is necessary.
¼Use a hemp or similar net-like fabric that can be pinned or anchored to slope
faces and will provide some protection to newly emergent grass and the soil
beneath when runoff is severe.
An expensive and often last resort is to adopt flatter slopes (3:1 or 3.5:1) at the
design stage and thus reduce the velocities and spread of the runoff more evenly
across the embankment.
Once a grass-cover has been established it should be maintained in a dense, short
condition – this is obviously difficult in climates with long dry seasons but can be
assisted by:
¼Irrigation – where water is scarce reserve a supply for use when temperatures
begin to rise and just before the rainy season begins. Either use an irrigation
system or a water bowser to supply around 25 mm or more of water per
week.
¼Cultivation – do not burn off grass as this will encourage taller clumping
varieties to grow at the expense of the preferred shorter, creeping type. Either
cut the grass or allow limited but well-supervised grazing; being careful to
avoid damage and tracking across the embankment or spillway.
¼Fertilizer – a careful application of manure or fertilizer before irrigation or
the start of the rains will prove helpful.
9.5.2 Fencing
This is vital to keep livestock, people and vehicles off sensitive areas such as the
spillway, the outfall and the embankment. Good fencing will assist in maintaining the
grass-cover, will minimize erosion and control access to the dam and reservoir area.
Manual on small earth dams 82
Most gullies in the spillway areas and on embankment slopes are started when
rainfall and the subsequent runoff concentrate in depressions caused by footpaths,
vehicle tyres or animal tracks.
Therefore, keep all fences in good order, check all posts during the annual inspec-
tion and inspect the wire whenever possible. The local community or dam owner
should provide the fencing at the time of construction and must be made aware of
the importance of maintaining it.
9.5.3 Settlement
However well the dam was built, it will always experience some settlement. Most
dams settle out in the first year or so after construction. Invariably most settlement
occurs at the highest point of the dam where mass is greater and other pressures
highest.
At the time of construction a settlement allowance should have been incorporated
on the top of the embankment. At every inspection the crest must be checked
to ensure it remains horizontal and that no low spots have developed. All over-
settlement must be attended to with backfill and additional monitoring. If this is
neglected, and should either the crest level fall overmuch, or an exceptional storm
lead to backing up of floodwater from the spillway, the dam will overtop, water
will concentrate in the low spots and serious damage result.
Unusual settlement in an older dam can indicate foundation movement or removal
of embankment material by seepage or erosion. Always seek expert assistance
when this occurs.
Another form of settlement can arise when, due to poor construction techniques,
the core has been compacted comparatively more than other parts of the embank-
ment. Figure 13 illustrates this. The upstream and downstream sides or shoulders
of the embankment settle more than the core as they are less well compacted and,
as the foundation is firm (and it cannot fully absorb the differential settlement),
cracks appear along the crest edges as the settlement takes place. These cracks do
not represent a serious problem and can usually be treated by ramming in damp
soil complete with grass as soon as they develop. It is important to prevent water
entering such cracks (otherwise erosion and waterlogging will follow) and in the
rainy season it may be necessary to sandbag the area to minimize runoff. When
large, deep cracks appear on older dams (indicating foundation movement or
slumping of either shoulder), the reservoir water level must be lowered and expert
assistance must be sought without delay.
9.5.4 Seepage and drainage
All earth dams will leak to some extent and seepage only becomes a problem if it
endangers the embankment – either by encouraging erosion in the downstream
area or by causing waterlogging of the dam and thus affecting its stability. Dirty
water seeping from the downstream face of any dam is cause for concern. As finer
materials are eroded, and carried out of the embankment, this could lead to piping
or slumping in the structure.
At the time of construction and, particularly if the dam does not have a dry,
well-drained downstream foundation area, drains should be installed before the
embankment is built. If this was not done and seepage has become excessive, the
following may reduce the problem:
9 Finishing works 83
¼Minimize the seepage by sealing the upstream face and reservoir areas. This
can take the form of a 500 mm thick clay blanket laid and compacted on the
areas with highest water pressure and protected (from erosion and drying
out) by topsoil or gravel. If the dam water level can be lowered, construct a
new cutoff beneath the upstream toe. Figure 10 illustrates an example where
both a clay blanket and new cutoff have been installed. In both cases the most
impervious clay available should be used and should be laid on the upstream
face once it has its layer of topsoil removed and been disked or ploughed to
encourage a good bond between the old and new surfaces. Once installed it
is important to prevent damage to the new surface by deep-rooting plants
or burrowing animals. Obviously, this work can only take place when the
reservoir is dry.
¼Trench into and beneath the downstream toe to relieve water pressure in this
shoulder of the embankment – always ensuring that the excavation work is
safe. Backfill the trenches with rock and gravel to allow continued drainage
and restore the embankment to its original slope with a final layer of topsoil
and grass. All drains should feed a central collector drain which is then taken
to a safe, non-erosive discharge area further downstream. This work is best
carried out during the dry season but can be done as required if the dam is in
danger. In both cases, if possible, the water level in the dam should be lowered
before these operations are completed to reduce risk.
9.6 TREES AND BUSHES
Do not allow trees, bushes or other deep-rooted plants to grow anywhere near the
embankment, the spillway and its outfall. Keep all parts of the dam clean with a
low grass cover to protect against erosion and assist inspection and maintenance.
Trees on the embankment do not help stabilize the soil and their roots will eventu-
ally reach to water. When dead and decomposed, pathways for insects, animals and
water are then formed. Therefore, remove all trees and bushes before they become
established. In a situation where large, old trees have been allowed to establish
themselves on the embankment they should be removed when the upstream water
level is low. The trees should be cut as low as possible and, if the stumps cannot be
excavated, they should be soaked in petrol and burnt or treated with chemicals to
Figure 13 - Settlement cracks
Manual on small earth dams 84
allow their rapid decomposition. All remaining material and roots must be removed
and all excavation works backfilled, compacted and restored to the design slope
with topsoil and grass cover.
Trees or bushes on the spillway will alter its hydraulic characteristics and can reduce
its capability to safely carry away flood flows. Such flows are encouraged to concen-
trate in channels (and thus may lead to erosion) rather than to spread evenly over the
full width of the spillway (thus maintaining lower velocities and avoiding turbulence).
Again, tree roots do not assist the stability of the soil.
9.7 EROSION
This is a common problem on any dam where grass cover and fencing have not
been maintained. If not rectified at an early stage gullies can form and soil can be
lost to runoff and floods leading to stability and seepage problems.
The main causes of erosion are:
¼Lack of suitable grass cover.
¼Tracking by livestock and people on the embankment and spillway.
¼Low flow channels developing on the spillway.
All erosion should initially be treated by restoring the affected areas to their design
dimensions, (i.e. backfill, compact and grass all eroded sections) and re-fencing as
required.
Low flow channels in the spillway are often associated with dams constructed on
perennial rivers where, during the dry season, low flows are allowed to meander
across and down the spillway (especially on spillways that have not been main-
tained) and have concentrated into small gullies. The best solution to this problem
is to install an overflow pipe beneath the embankment at the time of construction
with a protected inlet location just below spillway level. This will carry all normal
river flows while the spillway is reserved for floods only. However, if such an
overflow is not available it is unwise to excavate into the embankment once the
dam has been built; therefore it is better to modify the spillway to cater for normal
flows.Excavate and line a small channel with sufficient capability to carry the esti-
mated volumes of water involved and ensure (as in any outlet) that it is taken to
safe, non-erosive discharge.
A disadvantage of this is that after every flood these channels require checking and
de-silting and, where such measures have been instigated, special attention must be
paid to their condition at every inspection.
Where spillways have been damaged by flows, whether small or large, it is impor-
tant to restore them to their design dimensions – backfill, compact and grass all low
spots, protect eroded sides with stone pitching or masonry and ensure all outfalls
(discharge areas) are safe with flat, broad slopes to allow non-erosive disposal of
flood waters.
The construction of concrete sills at the entrance, and at regular intervals down a
grass spillway, will ensure a horizontal surface is maintained for the channel bed,
will limit erosion to within each section and act as energy dissipaters. Each sill
should be a minimum of 0.3 m wide and 0.3 m deep and be well keyed to the sides
and the bed of the spillway. Depending on the slope, they can be positioned at
9 Finishing works 85
intervals of 30-50 m down the spillway. As gullies often develop first in the outfall
area (usually the result of too steep slopes, restricted discharge area and poor main-
tenance), sills will assist in restricting erosion that may move back up the spillway
if remedial work cannot be immediately undertaken.
9.8 TERMITES AND ANIMAL BURROWS
With a regular, competent inspection programme, ant or animal activity should
never be a problem. Any ant workings found should be suitably treated with a
recommended fumigant, dug out and the excavation backfilled in layers with good
material and the careful use of a long-life insecticide. All slopes must be restored to
their original design shape. If, the excavation required is large (usually because of
no or poor inspection), always seek expert advice and never attempt to carry out
the work in the rainy season or if the dam is full.
Repair work 10
10 Repair work 89
10 Repair work
10.1 INTRODUCTION
Only carry out repair work that is simple, straightforward and falls within your
capability. For difficult, large-scale or technically complex work always consult a
qualified engineer. Poor repair work can be dangerous and lead to more serious
problems developing later in the dam’s life.
Before any repair work is begun always try and ascertain and rectify the cause of
the damage so that the problem will not recur. Modes of failure can be attributed
to four basic causes:
¼Overtopping: can be counteracted by conservative spillway design, generous
freeboard allowances, and avoiding areas where landslides could affect the
reservoir.
¼Slope failure: avoid by following correct design and construction procedures
based on site investigations and materials’ analyses.
¼Spreading of the embankment base: minimize risk by avoiding poor
foundations, the adoption of flatter side slopes and reducing the height of the
dam.
¼Piping: avoid the development of piping by following correct design and
construction procedures, filling of cracks as they develop (normally after
settlement of a new dam) and the introduction of drainage downstream
through filters and toe drains should seepage become excessive.
Problems can develop from structural defects associated with poor design and
construction and can often have catastrophic results when the dam breaches or
collapses. Non-structural defects such as too small or too large catchments and
spillways relate directly to faults in design. The major results of these defects are
outlined below along with remedial measures that can be taken.
10.2 STRUCTURAL DEFECTS
These are all directly associated with the embankment and spillway and can be
associated with foundation, materials used, design and construction techniques.
10.2.1 Slumping and sliding of the downstream face
Occasionally this may apply to the upstream side of the dam. It is usually the
result of poor quality material, too steep side slopes, inadequate drainage and/or
excessive seepage. If severe, the dam’s stability can be affected and it is then very
important to lower the reservoir water level as soon as possible.
Use of good material and well designed side slopes at the time of construction and
following correct construction procedures will prevent these problems developing.
However, when serious problems do develop, especially in an old dam, major
reconstruction work is the only solution and should include drainage relief
measures in and underneath the downstream section, clay blankets upstream, the
Manual on small earth dams 90
flattening of side slopes and reduction in reservoir water levels. The latter can be
maintained by lowering the spillway or drop inlet levels.
Other factors, such as low strength soils, poor compaction and compressible foun-
dations, also contribute to partial slope failures and can be very difficult to remedy.
10.2.2 Foundation slope movements
Movement of the embankment on its foundation can lead to complete failure
of the dam. Usually associated with a poor choice of site and, with larger dams,
movement of the embankment will lead to cracks appearing in the structure. They
are most serious when they extend transversely across the embankment and below
the water line. Reduce the water level immediately and fill all cracks with good
material and plant to grass.
Earth dams can absorb some movement without suffering damage but if cracks
continue to form, or suddenly appear in old dams, it is best to seek expert advice
immediately.
10.2.3 Piping
This occurs when seepage establishes a tunnel or pipe through an embankment and
in severe cases can lead to undermining and the eventual collapse of the dam. It is
most serious in dams constructed of poorer soils with greater permeabilities.
To avoid this it is best to anticipate such problems at the design stage and
construct drains beneath the downstream section before the dam proper is
started. However, when piping is excessive, or not allowed for, measures already
outlined to reduce seepage should be followed.
When brown, muddy water is seen to emerge from the downstream face of the dam
or seepage starts to increase, this can mean serious internal damage is occurring.
This may be associated with the development of whirlpools on the upstream side
when most severe. Always reduce the water level and carry out repair and remedial
works without delay.
10.2.4 Breaching
A dam breaches when a section of the embankment finally gives way and a hole
appears that can cause complete failure. Unless caused by overtopping by an
exceptional flood (or too small a spillway), breaching is usually the result of one
of the problems outlined above developing into a major fault. Always investigate
the cause of the breach before commencing permanent repair work and, once the
problem has been solved, the breach can be filled and the dam restored to its design
condition. However, to fill the breach, certain guidelines must be followed – refer-
ring to Figure 14, the following must be adhered to:
¼Always carry out repair work in the dry season and ensure there is enough
time to complete the repair before the rains start.
¼Remove all loose and poor material from the sides and the floor of the breach
and ensure excavation is carried to good foundation (i.e. subsoil, rock, firm
well compacted embankment or core material).
¼Cut back the sides of the breach to a relatively flat slope (1:3 minimum and
1:5 or less where possible). This ensures plant and machinery can pass up and
down the cut slope (to back-fill and compact) rather than through the breach
area and that, when the gap is plugged, the repaired area is securely founded
on the old dam material.
10 Repair work 91
¼Excavate key trenches as required.
¼Reconstruct the embankment (refer to Section 7) to the new design requirements
ensuring all backfill is installed in layers and is well compacted.
¼Check and inspect the repair frequently immediately after reconstruction and
pay special attention to the area subsequently.
It is very important to ensure a good bond between the old and the new material.
If the sides are not cut back, and the key trenches not excavated, the repair area can
Figure 14 - Repair of breached dams
Manual on small earth dams 92
easily fail again. When the repair is done properly the area is better able to resist the
pressure of water behind it and a slip surface between the old dam material, and the
new is less likely to develop. A little extra care and attention at the time of repair is
always preferable to a rushed, more general infilling of the breach.
A drawing illustrating a typical breach repair is provided in Annex 4.
Whenever a dam has suffered from a major problem like this, always ensure that
the water level is not allowed to rise and fall rapidly. It should be kept below the
maximum for a few years to assess the effectiveness of the repair and to enable the
repaired section to settle. This section should be given special emphasis at times of
inspection and monitoring.
10.2.5 An eroded spillway
Spillway erosion and the inability to carry flood flows are the main reasons behind
many earth dam failures. Once erosion on a grassed spillway or a friable rock
spillway has started, it is very difficult to prevent it recurring without continual
maintenance and remedial procedures. Normally this signifies that solid rock
should have been used for spilling flood water.
If a trickle flow has not been constructed, a lined channel in the spillway should be
excavated and, to reduce risks, another second spillway may be built on the other
end of the dam wall. Careful placement of sand bags or stop logs can then allow
the alternating use of spillways to enable the maintenance of one or the other to
be initiated. Stone pitching and concreting of the spillways and embankment are
expensive solutions, which may have only partial success, if concrete is laid on
earth it can easily be undermined and eroded. Simpler measures, such as increas-
ing the available spillway width; the construction of a concrete sill at the spillway
entrance (to prevent erosion in a sensitive area and dissipate some energy); the
generous grassing of the spillway bed and protection (stone pitching, loose rock
or gabions) of the sides including the outlet into the river or stream where the
gullying will usually start; as well as continual inspection and maintenance in the
flood season, will always minimize risks.
Where flood flows far exceed spillway capacity, the backing up of water in the
reservoir can attain a level where it overtops the embankment. The correct assess-
ment of anticipated flood flows and the maximizing of safety factors such as
spillway width and freeboard, especially where hydrological information is insuf-
ficient, are absolutely vital. A spillway that is too wide is not a problem but one
that is too narrow can, at worst, result in the loss of the dam and, at best, in further
expenditure that could easily have been avoided.
10.2.6 Wave action
Wave action on the upstream face can cause erosion, which can increase the slope
angle to an undesirable steepness or establish ‘beaches’ on the slope that could lead
to the slumping of this section. If this is allowed to continue, it can reduce the crest
level to below the full supply level. This is often exacerbated by poor grass growth
and erosion from animal tracks and, as a result, it may become necessary to recon-
struct the entire upstream area to reduce slopes and allow for the laying of rip-rap
in the most susceptible areas. For large dams with high fluctuations in water level,
the works involved can become quite expensive.
10 Repair work 93
10.3 NON-STRUCTURAL DEFECTS
A dam that does not fill with water has failed just as much as one that suffers
from the problems of embankment and spillway failures. Basically, non-structural
defects result in the dam not meeting its design capabilities and usually this leads to
a reduction in available water storage. Two main reasons can be identified:
10.3.1 Dam reservoir fails to fill up
The dam may be too large for the catchment. This problem can be prevented at
the design stage
17
by correctly assessing the catchment yield (i.e. average runoff
per hectare or square kilometre in a 1 in 10 year (or as the designer/dam owner
requires) rainy season including taking other dams and water uses into consider-
ation). Reservoir inflow can be increased by constructing storm and contour drains
to enhance runoff and channel water from the surrounding catchment if considered
economic.
Where the yield is known to be satisfactory, it may be that the water is by passing
the dam to such an extent that the reservoir cannot fill up. Often, as water pressure
builds up, permeable material beneath the core or faults extending into the reser-
voir, can act as seepage drains. Water may re-appear downstream or contribute
to groundwater recharge making identification and rectification of the problem
difficult.
The careful monitoring of excavation at the time of construction of the cutoff
trench to ensure it is dug deep enough, and that no permeable layers are likely to
be beneath it (i.e. old stream beds or slate/schist type bedrock), will minimize the
risk of such problems arising. The investigation of the river bed upstream of the
dam at the feasibility study stage to locate swallow holes will also help. In order to
ensure that borrow areas in the reservoir maintain water tightness under pressure,
they should not be completely excavated of clay material.
Where leaks are suspected, the possible source area can be sealed by puddling clay
in the reservoir immediately upstream of the embankment (especially where the
water is deepest) and/or excavating a new cutoff trench to an impervious layer
beneath core level, in the upstream section of the embankment. The latter may
prove most economic if a large reservoir area has to be layered with impermeable
material.
10.3.2 Dam silts up
This is usually a long-term problem that can be avoided if dams are not constructed
on rivers that carry heavy sediment loads. If undetected at the feasibility study
stage, certain remedial measures can be taken:
¼The local catchment land practices can be improved by better crop rotation,
reduced stocking rates and by introducing conservation methods.
¼The vegetation cover in the catchment can be maximized, especially in
dry season type climates where early rains lead to high erosion levels.
Deforestation should be minimized throughout the catchment and the
practice of establishing gardens for fruit and vegetables close to the reservoir
or river (to facilitate hand irrigation), common in many locations, should be
discouraged.
¼Where the latter does occur, improved cultivation practices such as contour
ridging and ploughing, maintaining a band of uncultivated land close to the
17 Refer to section 5.5.
Manual on small earth dams 94
river and reservoir and conserving waterways can reduce runoff and erosion.
¼Gullies and other high runoff areas must be reclaimed or at least stabilized.
¼Silt traps upstream of the main dam can be constructed. Small dams or sumps
collect a major proportion of the silt before it reaches the reservoir. These
are usually temporary, often expensive and require regular de-silting and
therefore should be regarded as stop-gap measures while methods to reduce
the silt at source are initiated.
Where a reservoir is severely silted, it is not normally economic to excavate the
reservoir. Moving and safely dumping huge quantities of wet silt can prove diffi-
cult. The preferable alternative is to raise the dam once the sediment inflow has
been reduced by the measures above. This will increase the storage capacity at the
expense of a relatively small increase in earthworks’ volume.
For dams being constructed on rivers with high levels of silt, the construction of an
embankment with a wide crest will facilitate the raising of the dam in subsequent
years.
Bibliography and further references 95
Bibliography and further references
British Standard 1377, London, UK, 1990 nine standards: references 1377-1-1990
to 1377-9-1990 inclusive and including later amendments at www.bsigroup.com.
Food and Agriculture Organization. 2001. Small dams and weirs in earth and
gabion materials, AGL/MISC/32/2001. FAO Land and Water Development
Division, Rome.
Food and Agriculture Organization. 2006. Simple methods for aquaculture
– Manuals from the FAO training series, CD-Rom set. FAO Inland Water
Resources and Aquaculture Service.
Hudson, N.W. 1975. Field engineering for agricultural development. Oxford, UK,
Clarendon Press.
Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives of Swaziland. 1990. Repair and main-
tenance of small earth dams. Field Support Guide 109, Swaziland.
Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives of Swaziland. 1992. Handbook on
dam design and construction.
Nelson, K. 1997. Design and construction of small earth dams. Australia, Inkata
Press. Third edition.
Schwab, G.O., Fangmeier, D.D., Elliot, W.J.T. and Frevert, R.K. 1981. Soil and
Water Conservation Engineering. New York, John Wiley & Sons. Third edition.
Sherard, J.L., Woodward, R.J. and Gizienski, S.F. 1964. Earth and rock dams.
New York, John Wiley & Sons.
Stephens, T. 1991. Handbook on small earth dams and weirs – A guide to siting,
design and construction. Bedfordshire, UK, Cranfield Press.
Terzaghi, K. and Peck, R.B. 1967. Soil mechanics in engineering practice. New
York, John Wiley & Sons. Second Edition.
United States Bureau of Reclamation (USBR). 2006. Design of small dams.
Water Resources Technical Publication Series. Washington, DC.
World Bank, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations,
International Fund for Agricultural Development. 2009. Gender in agriculture
sourcebook. Washington, DC.
Manual on small earth dams 96
Glossary
Atterberg limits They are a basic measure of the nature of a fine-
grained soil. Depending on the water content of
the soil, the soil may appear in four states: solid,
semi-solid, plastic and liquid. In each state the
consistency and behaviour of a soil is different and
so are its engineering properties.
Backfilling The on-site filling of a trench or other excavation
with either material originally excavated from the
same excavation or using material imported from
elsewhere.
Berm A horizontal bench or terrace-like area on an
embankment slope, included for stability or where
a change of gradient is required.
Borrow pit A source for earthworks’ materials for embank-
ment construction. Best located within the reser-
voir area to improve storage and avoid the need
for restoration measures after the dam has been
completed.
Breaching Complete removal of a section of the dam by the
reservoir water breaking through the embankment.
Can be induced by erosion, foundation movement
or overtopping.
Catchment area This is the area upstream of the dam that takes in
all the streams and rivers that supply the dam.
Catchment yield The estimated total runoff from a catchment area
for a certain period; usually one year.
Compaction The compression, by mechanical means of a soil
material, in embankment construction, to improve
its stability and load-bearing characteristics.
Core The central section of a zoned dam, constructed of
highly impermeable material to seal the embank-
ment from seepage. The below ground section of
the core is referred to as the cutoff.
Crest This is the top of the embankment. The spillway
crest is the level at which water will begin to flow
in the spillway.
Glossary 97
Crumb test Is a simple, quick method for identification of a
dispersive clay soil.
Cutoff This is the area excavated, below ground under the
core and through any permeable material to reach
a more impermeable stratum, and to be backfilled
(and compacted) with highly impermeable material
to seal the foundation against seepage.
Desilting The excavation of silt or other material from a dam
reservoir to improve storage capacity. It may be
more economic to raise the height of the embank-
ment to achieve an increase in storage than to desilt
a large basin area.
Earthworks All the soil material to be used in the construction
of a dam will comprise the earthworks.
Embankment This is the dam wall.
Erosion The removal of soil and rock by natural agencies
such as rainfall, river flows, seepage or slumping.
Often accelerated by people or animals by over-
grazing or by the formation of paths and tracks.
Fetch The maximum unobstructed distance, at full supply
level, that the wind can travel across a reservoir to
raise waves that will impact on the embankment.
Filling The embankment construction. This is usually
done on a layer-by-layer basis accompanied by
moistening and compaction.
Flood flows Above normal river flows following excessive
rainfall.
Freeboard The difference in height between the crest of the
dam and the level of the spillway entrance.
Full supply level The maximum water level the dam is designed for.
For small dams this is the same as the spillway
entrance level.
Gabions A patented mean for erosion protection in the form
of wire baskets or mattresses selectively filled in
situ with rock.
Geotextile A synthetic permeable fabric of varying thick-
ness with filtering and drainage properties. When
placed behind and beneath gabions, they limit the
movement of soil material in suspension from the
natural ground into the gabion basket or mattress.

Manual on small earth dams 98
Homogenous dam An embankment constructed with one consistently
similar soil material to produce an homogenous
structure.
Modified homogenous dam An embankment similar to an homogenous dam
but with a filter zone in the downstream side
to safely draw down the phreatic surface and
then pass the drainage/seepage water out of the
embankment.
Moisture conditioning The wetting (but not waterlogging) or drying of a
soil to assist compaction.
Outfall The area at the end of the spillway where it
discharges to a stream or similar. Erosion often
starts here if the outfall has not been properly
designed, protected or maintained.
Overtopping This is where excessive flood flows pass over
the embankment beacause of insufficient spillway
capacity. Erosion always follows and, if severe, can
lead to major damage.
Probable maximum flood The peak flood from a catchment based (for the
design of the dam and spillway) on a return period
of 1 in X years.
Perennial flow A stream that flows all year round is said to be
perennial. The alternative, where a stream dries up
periodically is said to be seasonal.
Permeability Is a measure of the ability of a porous material
(often, a rock or less consolidated material such as
soil) to transmit fluids.
Phreatic surface The top water level in any saturated zone of the
embankment.
Piezometer A small diameter observation well in the embank-
ment equipped with a measuring device, to record
water levels and in particular notify engineers of
variations.
Piping Piping occurs when hydraulic flows (seepage)
through the embankment carry soil material in
suspension causing pipes to develop in the struc-
ture and lead to internal erosion.
Planimeter An instrument to measure area from a plan or map.
Proctor Test A standard test, developed in the United States,
for moisture and compaction control for cohesive
soils.
Glossary 99
Puddling The use of clay to seal a surface by mixing the soil
with water and layering it on a surface and then
compacting it by machine or hand (historically by
cattle trampling) to make it watertight.
Seepage Water moving through or under an embank-
ment is referred to as seepage. All dams will, to
some extent, seep and, if small or controlled, such
seepage is not considered a serious problem.
Settlement The embankment, however well built, will settle to
some extent. Provision for this should be included
at the time of construction (settlement allowance)
by raising the midpoint of the embankment and
tapering this raised area off to the valley sides.
Shear strength The resistance to deformation in soil by cohesion,
usually increased by compaction at a certain
moisture content.
Slumping The movement of earth through erosion or water-
logging (especially on steep slopes) away from
either face of the embankment. May also be referred
to as slippage or sloughing.
Slush grouting The filling in, with a plaster-like mortar, of cracks
and fissures on a rocky surface in preparation for
concrete work or backfilling.
Spillway The overflow section of the dam, dependent not on
the size of the dam but on the size of the catchment
and its hydrological and other characteristics. It
must be constructed to dimensions to safely carry
away the design probable maximum flood (PMF)
when the dam is full.
Stone pitching The protection of a vulnerable surface by the place-
ment of similar sized stones sometime bedded in a
mortar. Often used for toe drains.
Storage potential The maximum possible volume of water the dam
can store when the reservoir is full.
Time of concentration The time between a storm commencing on a catch-
ment and the development of the maximum flood
at the dam. Used in spillway design.
Turbulence Rapid, irregular, highly erosive flow. To be avoided
on grass or earth spillways by flat slopes and wide,
shallow channels.
Training wall The extension of the embankment, constructed to
safely contain spillway flows and to prevent water
Manual on small earth dams 100
affecting the downstream area of the dam. May
also be referred to as the training bank.
Waterline The level of water in the reservoir is referred to as
the waterline or water level. The maximum water
level possible is referred to as the full supply level
(FSL).
Waterlogging A soil completely saturated is waterlogged. The
downstream section of the embankment can
become unstable (especially as it usually designed
with steeper slopes and more permeable materials)
if allowed to become waterlogged. Free drainage
is therefore important in this area of the embank-
ment.
Zoned dam An embankment, when constructed of varying soil
materials, differentiated according to position and
role in the structure, is said to be zoned.
Annex 1 101
Annex 1
Procurement guidelines for tender
preparation, evaluation and award
of contract
INTRODUCTION
All procurement (and planning) must conform to the three pillars of Integrity,
Transparency and Accountability. These apply to all activities before construction,
the actual construction (especially if consultants and contractors are to be used)
and to the subsequent operation and maintenance of the structure and any related
infrastructure such as an irrigation scheme.
Procurement rules exist in most countries and for all international financing
agencies and these must be followed. These rules should encourage true and open
competition in tendering and contract award, open meetings and equitable and fair
distribution of information, effective monitoring and auditing of all processes and
implementation activities.
As part of the preparation work, and before any tender is advertised, the procur-
ing agency requires a realistic estimate (based on a good quality design and costing
process) of the cost of the structure with a breakdown of significant cost items. To
prepare such an estimate, an engineer (The Engineer) should be selected and be
appointed to not only carry out this preliminary work but continue to supervize
the contractor and ensure all works are carried out according to the design and to
the highest quality possible.
This estimate must be kept strictly confidential and there should be no links
between personnel having this knowledge and the bidders. Should the subsequent
bidding result in bids received that vary greatly from this estimate, questions
should be raised on the validity of the bids. Underestimates from bidders could
lead to poor contract performance and the need for changes and variations as the
contract proceeds and overestimates may suggest over pricing, cartel links or other
unrealistic bidding.
Decision-making criteria at all stages must be clear, justifiable and objective (with
a written record where needed) with no room for discretion at any time, especially
in the evaluation and comparison of the bids.
Prequalification of bidders for significantly expensive contracts or a series of small
contracts
18
is recommended, but avoiding the possibility of establishing cartels.
This prequalification should be based on professional competence (staff and equip-
ment), relevant experience, financial capability and integrity. Any contractor or
consultant that has recent, relevant convictions or has been disbarred for irregu-
18 Awarding contracts for a number of small dams in one area, or for one project as one overall contract,
may result in economies of scale in mobilization, the use of plant and equipment and in supervision.
Manual on small earth dams 102
lar, financial activities, or failure to complete contracts, should not be allowed to
prequalify.
PREPARATION WORK
The preparation of tender and contract documents, including all survey and design
work needed to prepare quantities and guideline costings, should take place in good
time. If funds are to be sourced from international lending agencies or donors, their
guidelines will have to be followed and examples of advertisements and documents
from such organizations should be obtained at the beginning of this process.
Preparation may require the application for land and water rights, environmental
impact assessments plus any needed compensation or resettlement plans. These
must be completed before the dam construction can be approved and allowed to
proceed.
In many places, construction can only take place in the dry season when river levels
are low, access to the site easier and moisture control for compaction possible.
Thus, the design and tender process should take place in the rainy season and be
timed to be completed by the beginning of the next dry season in time for mobi-
lization of plant and equipment as the ground begins to dry out. Clearing access
roads, felling and removing trees and stripping foundation areas is often best begun
before the ground has completely dried out. The end of one rainy season and the
start of the subsequent dry season are the best times for this.
ADVERTISEMENT OF THE TENDER
Always include a site visit in any tender advertisement and award procedure.
The tender advertisement period has to take into account the need for approval
(usually at the advertisement and award stages) from the lender or donor, the need
to adhere to local or national government regulations and bureaucratic procedures,
whether it will be advertised internationally, regionally or nationally and the scope
of works. A tender for one small dam could be advertised nationally and potential
tenderers given 6 to 8 weeks to respond, including site visits and collection of docu-
ments. Thus, the tender period for this, including advertisement and evaluation
could be around 12 weeks.
A series of dams being funded by one or more donors may require international
advertisement with time for potential bidders to collect documents, make site
visits and prepare timetables and bids (in their home countries). Such a tender may
require up to 20 weeks to complete with further time required for the winning
bidder to mobilize.
The more complicated the works and the size and number of dams to be built, the
longer the tender process will take. Guidelines to assist in the preparation of tender
and contract documents, and in the award of a contract for a simple project involving
only one or two small dams, are given below:
The evaluation modalities (see details hereafter) – or any modified equivalents –
are to be attached to every tender document to permit bidders to understand the
proposed evaluation process.
Annex 1 103
Always keep written records of significant events and always advise bidders in
writing of any matter that could have legal implications. Any specific information
given to any tenderer that is not in the documents should be passed on, in writing,
to all other tenderers.
THE EVALUATION MODALITIES
Two options exist for tender, and the choice has to be indicated in the tender
document.
In the first option, the technical and financial offer are combined and presented in
a single envelope. The second option, called staged tender, involves a two envelope
system in which the technical proposal (first envelope) is evaluated and bids ranked
before the financial offer (second envelope) is opened. It ensures that price does not
influence the technical evaluation of the bid. This approach should be preferred,
in particular in the case of complex contracts. Where a two envelope tendering
process is used, it should be indicated in the tender document that tenderers are
to place the technical and financial components of their tenders in separate, clearly
marked, envelopes. These envelopes are to be placed inside a single envelope and
normal procedures apply for the lodging of the tender.
A points system should be adopted, based on criteria that can be adjusted accord-
ing to country, individual dam sites, scope of work and other factors. All tenderers
must be made aware of the evaluation procedure to be followed and whether there
are any special conditions involved. The following point system can be used as a
guide:
Technical bid: 50 points
Experience – 20 Points maximum
This is calculated according to the personal evaluation of each team member
and considers the following: any experience (good or bad) with the contrac-
tor, experience of the contractor in the area and in similar works.
Equipment and Staff – 10 Points maximum
Again individual team member evaluation is used. Factors such as numbers
and age of equipment, suitability of equipment for the works involved, expe-
rience of staff (including operators and supervisors) and support the contrac-
tor has in country (including provision of fuel supplies, site accommodation,
mechanical backup and so on) should be considered. Where labour intensive
works are being promoted this category could be given more points (20
perhaps and the experience category reduced to 10) and those contractors
offering to follow such procedures given the highest number of points.
Work Programme – 10 Points maximum
Highest points are given to contractors who can complete the works within
the already decided project time frame or before the next rainy season begins.
Location of Contractor – 10 Points maximum
Based on mobilization distance rather than physical location of the contrac-
tor, this is also determined at the judgment of each team member. As a guide,
highest (i.e. 10) points should be given to contractors located within the local
area, then say 8 points for provincial locations, 4 points for nationally based
contractors and 2 or less for contractors mobilizing from outside the country.
Manual on small earth dams 104
Financial bid: 50 points
Cost - 50 Points maximum
The lowest priced bid receives 50 points and other bids receive points based
on 50 minus 1 point for every 2 percent difference from the lowest bid price.
Any bids more than 100 percent higher than the lowest bid receive no points.
The evaluation
An evaluation team of at least three people should be established. At least one
person should have an engineering background (The Engineer is best selected
for this) and be able to advise other team members on technical issues if they
arise. Inclusion of a local (dam committee) person may also prove useful. A
team of more than six may, however, be too cumbersome and thus inappro-
priate.
Team members should avoid fraternization and other close contact with bidders at
this time.
The following steps are to be followed:
Step 1: RECEPTION OF THE BIDS
Following advertisement of the tender, ensure that every tenderer who
pays the required, non-refundable, fee
19
receives the documents, design
drawings, quantities (but no guideline costs), any Community Agreement,
the date of the site visit and details on where the tender documents are to
be delivered, the deadline for delivery and the location and time of tender
opening.
If the deadline is changed, all potential tenderers must be advised either
personally (if few in number) or by advertisement in the media.
Bids received should be noted in a diary and the bidder and staff member
sign to confirm date and time received. Any bids delivered in unsealed
envelopes should be rejected and the bidder advised in writing that his/her
fee is forfeited and that s/he cannot re-bid. All other bids are to be kept in a
secure and inaccessible location until the time of tender opening.
The site visit should be formally recorded in the same diary and any bidder
unable to make the visit should be excluded from the process and his/her
bid returned unopened.
Step 2: OPENING OF THE BIDS
The responsible officer opening the bids should first advise all those
present of the procedure he/she will follow. Brief details on the evaluation
process (already provided in the documents and based on the guidelines
above should be given to assure potential bidders that the evaluation is to
be fair and equitable.
At tender opening, one staff member should be given the responsibility
for opening the bids received. A secretary will be required to note persons
attending and any comments (especially objections) made. The minutes –
brief and noting points only – should be filed for future reference.
19 Accept cash or bank certified cheques only.
Annex 1 105
Step 3: REVIEW OF THE DOCUMENTATION
As each bid is opened, the responsible staff member may name the bidder
but then must check that the bid is complete and conforms to the advertised
conditions. If for any reason it is not complete (for example the site visit
certificate is missing), the bid should be rejected and the bid price not
disclosed. The whole document has to be returned to the bidder with a
covering letter stating why it had been rejected. There is no appeal on this
matter.
Minor omissions or errors can be accepted. Small arithmetic errors should be
corrected and the revised figure used in the evaluation. If significantly large
errors that may affect the bid price are noted, and at the discretion of the
evaluation team, the bid should be rejected.

Unrealistic bids with either costs shown at levels impossible to achieve
or for bidders who show that they are completely inexperienced or have
completely inappropriate equipment, can also be rejected at this stage.
If the bidders have not been prequalified some investigation at this stage
(this process should be noted in the bidding documents and/or tender
advertisement) into the integrity of the bidder should be carried out. Any
bidder with recent
20
criminal convictions relating to fraud, bribery or
corruption or with serious, proved cases of contract malpractice or failure,
should be excluded at this time. The bid should not be evaluated. As above,
the bid should be returned to the bidder with a covering letter and all other
bidders informed of the decision.
Step 4: TECHNICAL EVALUATION
Once the bids are declared valid, the actual points evaluation procedure
can begin.
Tenders should initially be assessed, in accordance with the evaluation
methodology being utilized, against non-price criteria, that is, on their
technical merits. The evaluation team should not have access to the
tender price at this stage. The assessment of the non-price criteria is to be
documented before moving onto the next stage of the evaluation.
Step 5: FINANCIAL ASSESSMENT
Once tenders have been assessed against the technical criteria, a financial
evaluation of the prices tendered (or quoted) can then be undertaken. The
results of the financial assessment are to be documented before moving
onto the next stage of the evaluation.
Step 6: ASSESSMENT OF ‘BEST COMBINED OFFER’
Having separately assessed tenders against technical and financial criteria,
a comparison of ‘technical worth’ and ‘price’, is undertaken in accordance
with the criteria established in the tender document, to determine which
tender represents the best combined offer. This stage will establish the final
ranking of the tenders.
20 In the last five years or any other agreed period.
Manual on small earth dams 106
Table A1 – Sample evaluation points table
Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Name of dam/spillway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bid price Price
(50 max)
Experience
(20 max)
Staff/equipment
(10 max)
Work
programme
(10 max)
Location
(10 max)
Total points
(100 max)
Names of
bidders
Lowest
Next
lowest
and so on
50
Calculate
“”
“”
Calculate
“”
“”
“”
Calculate
“”
“”
“”
Calculate
“”
“”
“”
Calculate
“”
“”
“”
Add from
calculations
in columns to
the left
AWARDING THE CONTRACT
Once the final ranking has been established, the contractor with the highest total
should be awarded the contract.
If, for exceptional reasons, a decision is made that does not award the contract to
the highest evaluated bidder, other bidders must be formally advised of the reasons
why and given a period (10-14 days) in which to object but not change their bids.
All objections then have to be looked at and a final decision made. Because this can
lead to delays and legal issues it is best not to make decisions that award contracts
to bidders other than the highest evaluated.
Lastly, once a decision has been made to award the contract, the potential contrac-
tor can be contacted and the contract awarded. It is recommended that the winning
bidder should not be negotiated with to either reduce the price (i.e. if above the
budget for the dam or project or if all bids are considered unacceptably high in part
or whole) or to improve on the bid to include items considered deficient. It is not
unethical to do so as long as it is done for the interest of the cost effectiveness and
in a open and transparent way.
If the award of contract fails, or is stopped for any reason, the second highest
bidder can be brought in. Do not however negotiate with two bidders at any one
time in an attempt to play off one against the other. This is extremely unethical and
unprofessional.
Once the contract has been awarded, the other, unsuccessful bidders should be
formally advised of the award but not of the final price. The actual evaluation
is confidential and information therein is only released if a losing bidder should
complain and arbitration has to take place. The award decision should be published
with a list of all the bidders, major elements of the evaluation process detailed and
specific reasons why the award has been made to the winning contractor.
A sample evaluation sheet is provided below (refer to Table A1).
CONTRACT SUPERVISION
Continuous monitoring and auditing is required to supervise any contract. This can
be carried out by the dam owner, government agencies or consultants appointed to
supervise a contract being funded by an international financing agency. For all but
the former, the supervisor must in turn be monitored and audited to ensure compli-
ance with the contract and to encourage cost effectiveness and to avoid corruption.
The World Bank establishes a panel of experts for every large dam contract and
Annex 1 107
these personnel are fully independent and are able to carry out regular (and irregu-
lar) monitoring and auditing activities throughout the duration of the contract.
Particular attention should be paid to contract variations. Any variation should
be scrutinized both individually and in aggregate, and once a financial ceiling is
reached (based on the contract price and usually in the range of 10-15 percent) the
independent outside experts should be called in. Any proven case of variation in
response to bribery and corruption should cause the immediate cancellation of the
contract (without any penalty payment to the contractor) and dismissal and pros-
ecution of any supervision personnel involved.
For all contracts, an effective dispute resolution organization/entity is required.
As with the panel of experts, this should be independent and suitably qualified to
resolve disputes impartially and in the interest of fairness and integrity. This may be a
government agency or could be based in the private sector. Details of such an agency
should be clearly stated in all tender and contract documents.
PAYMENTS
The sequence of payments to the contractor will have been outlined in the tender
and contract documents. Usually these will have been negotiated at contract
signing and any variations allowed outlined in the tender documents.
Advance payment:
Most dam contracts will require an advance payment being made to the contractor
for mobilization (establishing a site complete with offices, power, communica-
tions and water supplies, clearing the dam site, establishing stockpiles of materials,
moving equipment and staff to site and related initial activities). This would be
recorded as an advance payment and can comprise between 10 and 25 percent of
the total contract amount. It can either be made as a lump sum payment or can be
proportionally recovered as routine payments are made to the contractor as the
works proceed.
Routine progress payments:
Routine payments can be agreed at contract signing and can take the form of a
monthly payment based on estimated amounts of work completed or can be based
on proportion of the dam being completed. Either way, the payment requests have
to be submitted by the contractor and then checked and approved by the Engineer
supervising the works.
All approved payments should be scrutinized and cleared; then paid quickly.
Many contractors do not have the financial resources to cater for lengthy delays
in routine payments and, where private sector contractors are working for public
sector clients such as government ministries, effective and transparent ways and
means of ensuring quick payments to the contractors should be established before
the project starts.
Variation payments:
In all but the simplest contracts, a sum for unexpected works or for variations
to the design should be catered for. Usually listed in the Bill of Quantities as
Contingencies, this can be calculated at around 5 to 15 percent of the total contract
sum.
Manual on small earth dams 108
Again all such payments should be initially approved by the engineer, scrutinized
once the works have been done and then paid quickly to the contractor. Note the
comment above on this.
Final payments:
At the end of construction, the works should be inspected and signed off by the
engineer. The contractor can then demobilize and leave the site. Usually, the final
payment is withheld for a period agreed in the contract – one year is satisfactory
and will give the dam a chance to fill and be used before the contractor’s liability is
removed. During this period, the dam should be closely monitored and checked.
Defects should be noted and rectified at his/her expense.
If the contractor is unable or unwilling to do this work, the retained sum can be
used to pay another contractor to do the work required.
Once the liability period is over, the engineer certifies the dam as good, and the
contractor can be paid the balance owed.
FINAL INSPECTION AND MEASUREMENT
This is an important activity and can be carried out by the engineer to ensure the
completed dam has been built to the design and to the highest standard possible.
This activity can be carried out jointly by the engineer and the contractor to ensure
there are no disputed findings but the engineer is the overall responsible officer.
The final inspection is best completed before the contractor demobilizes to
ensure that any outstanding work noted can be completed without delay. As built
drawings should be produced and kept on record.
The maintenance and safety programme can then be instigated.

Annex 2 109
Annex 2
Cost Benefit Analysis
The example below is from a project for an 11 m high dam and associated private
irrigation scheme costed for Zambia in 2008.
First prepare the cost table as shown in Table A2, Section 6.6.
INITIAL ANALYSIS
21
:
The total estimated cost of the bulk water infrastructure (dam, irrigation scheme,
associated infrastructure such as provision of access roads and power lines and the
supervision by a qualified engineer is US$ 270 000 for a end result of 35 ha irri-
gated. Thus, the per ha cost for the scheme in capital funding is US$7 715 about the
median range for irrigation development in Zambia in 2008.
21 The FAO Rural Invest toolkit provides an accurate and transparent methodology for formulating,
costing and evaluating small-to medium-scale investments using custom developed software. Both
income generating and non-income generating can be considered. Further information can be found at
www.fao.org/tc/tci/ruralinvest_en.asp
Table A2: Cost Summary Table
Bill Activity Unit Rate Quantity Cost
US$
Amount
US$
1 Site investigation work Sum – – 12 000.00
2 Engineer’s Fees: design and supervision Sum – – 17 000.00
3 Mobilization Sum – – 7 500.00
4 Clearing site:
Embankment area
Reservoir
ha
ha
5
40
2 000
500
10 000.00
20 000.00
5 Cut-off/Core:
Excavation
Backfilling
m
3
m
3
750
750
5.5
7.0
4 125.00
5 250.00
6 Embankment m
3
22 000 3.5 77 000.00
7 Training banks m
3
1 400 6.0 8 400.00
8 Spillway m
3
770 6.0 4 620.00
9 Finishing works hours 240 10 2 400.00
10 Other dam work including settlement
works after construction
Sum – – 5 000.00
Subtotal Dam A 173 295.00
11 Irrigation scheme (one centre-pivot) ha 35 42 000.00
12 Miscellaneous (access road/power line) Sum – 30 000.00
Subtotal Irrigation Scheme B 72 000.00
Subtotal Overall Project
Contingencies
Grand total
A+B 245 295.00
10% 24 560.00
US$ 269 845.00
Manual on small earth dams 110
The per hectare cost is a useful way of comparing dam sites where irrigation is
involved and can be done for just the cost of the dam alone or for the combined
costs of the dam and its attendant irrigation scheme.
Second comparisons can be made on the cost of the dam for the amount of water
stored – in this case the capacity of the dam (which determined the area that could
be irrigated – for wheat in the dry season) was estimated at 280 000 m
3
. Thus, the
cost for the water stored was US$1.47/m
3
taking into account the cost of the dam
above plus a 10 percent contingency. Where more than one dam site exists this is a
useful means of comparison for economic reasons.
FURTHER ANALYSIS:
For assessing economic viability the costs and benefits can be estimated (and again
comparisons made between sites and schemes to evaluate the highest potential
sites to be developed). In this example, wheat was the dry season crop to be grown
on the 235 ha irrigation scheme. Zambia wheat prices in 2008 were US$450/t and
wheat yields from irrigation schemes in Zambia consistently average 6 t/ha. Thus,
for 35 ha, yields would total 210 t and bring in a return of US$94 500 per season
based on 2008 prices. The rainy season crops were planned as a mix of maize and
soya beans which would yield 8 t/ha for maize and 2 tons/ha for soya bean. Farm
gate selling prices in 2008 were US$220/t for maize and US$300/t for soya beans.
Table A4: Return to Farming Activities (One Farming Year – April to April)
Crop Yield (35 ha) Area farmed Farm gate price
US$
Production Total received
US$
Wheat 6 t/ha 35 ha 450/t 210 t 94 500.00
Maize 8 t/ha 15 ha 220/t 120 t 26 400.00
Soya 2 t/ha 20 ha 300/t 40 t 12 000.00
Total 132 900.00
Table A3: Proposed time schedule for the works
Bill Activity April May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov
1 Site investigation
2 Engineer: design
supervision
3 Mobilization
4 Clearing site
5 Cutoff/Core
6 Embankment
7 Training banks
8 Spillway
9 Finishing
10 Other
11 Irrigation scheme
12 Roads/Power lines
Notes:
Schedule based on a dry season period April-November.
Site investigation could occur the year before.
The spillway must be in place and operational before the rainy season begins.
The irrigation scheme works could begin the following year while the dam is filling.
The irrigation scheme comprises two electric powered pumps, pipeline, fittings and a centre-pivot irrigator for a total of 35 ha.
Reservoir area clearing is usually trees and large shrubs only. Topsoil can be stripped in areas that will be used as borrow pits.
Annex 2 111
Thus, a rough estimate can be made of the return the irrigator will receive for one
farming year for the 35 ha
Average input costs per farming year were US$750/ha for fertilizer, other inputs
including land preparation and harvesting and US$300/ha for irrigation pumping
costs (both dry season and supplemental). Thus, the overall input costs were
US$1 150/ha for 35 ha, totalling US$40 250 for the farming year. It would seem
therefore, without a comprehensive cost benefit analysis, that the construction of
the dam and irrigation scheme are economic with annual ‘profits’ on the 35 ha
exceeding US$90 000, enough to contribute to operation and maintenance costs
and to pay off the capital cost of the dam and scheme in 3-4 years.
Manual on small earth dams 112
Annex 3
Fish Production in Farm Dams
DAMS AND FISH PRODUCTION
The majority of small earth dams are constructed for water conservation, irrigation
and animal watering, domestic water supplies and other purposes. Dams are rarely
constructed for fish farming but can be used for this purpose in conjunction with
other uses.
If fish farming is considered at the design stage of the dam, benefits in production
and yield can be achieved at little extra expense in the overall cost of the dam. Dams
with a likelihood of significant through flow, or those with steep sides and depths
greater than 3-5 m, cannot be considered as suitable for significant fish production.
CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS
The site for the reservoir should be stripped as much as possible of vegetation to
avoid a build up of carbon dioxide and methane in the water after first filling – this
is also desirable to reduce the production of greenhouse gases
22
and minimize the
effects of the decomposition of organic matter on oxygen levels in the water – when
rotting vegetation in the water would provide a hostile environment for any fish.
This removal of existing vegetation is advisable – especially in cooler areas where
the breakdown of the plant material can take a long time – when regular flows are
released from the dam (for example for hydroelectric power generation) as polluted
water would then be introduced into the downstream watercourse.
In areas of highly acidic soils (as is common in central and southern Africa) liming
the reservoir area with up to 2 t/ha (or the recommended rate for normal crop
production) broadcast and then worked into the topsoil before first filling can be
useful to reduce acidity and encourage more alkaline water (pH 7.0 to 8.5 is the
ideal range) to be stored. Fish production is enhanced in alkaline waters but this
would have to be considered carefully where the reservoir water was primarily for
irrigation or domestic use where a neutral pH of 7.0 or lower is recommended.
Rocky areas within the confines of the reservoir can be left to provide shelter for
fish and insects and for breeding purposes. If desirable one or two such areas can
be built up to create islands in the full reservoir and these will encourage bird life
as well as provide extra shallow areas for fish breeding and feeding. For larger
dams, where netting may occur, rocky areas on the reservoir floor may have to be
removed to prevent snagging and damage to nets.
In all cases the dams should not be stocked with fish until at least 3-4 months after
first fillin. This will allow the water to ‘mature’ and develop a stable ecosystem that
can support fish and other wildlife.
22 It was estimated in 2000 that dam reservoirs contributed up to 7 percent of the world’s greenhouse
gases.
Annex 3 113
RESERVOIR SIZE AND DEPTH CONSIDERATIONS
¼Large dams with 10 ha or more of reservoir surface area:
Where such dams have significant through flows, or are mostly of depths
greater than 5 m, the potential for fish production will be limited. Other
factors, including turbidity, water temperature, variations in pH and low
oxygen content waters may also affect production.
Generally areas of depth 3-5 m are ideal for fish production.
¼Medium dams with 3-10 ha reservoir surface area:
The constraints to through flow and depth above apply, but generally
these dams are well-suited to fish production. Should significant areas of
the reservoir provide for shallow water, it may be economic to consider
liming the reservoir soil before filling and fertilizing the water, 14-21 days
after liming has been completed,
23
to encourage plankton and algae growth
and for supplementary feeding of the fish. Fertilizer can take the form of
inorganic material (dissolved in water and applied at time of higher water
temperatures) or manure. For the latter it is often advantageous to establish
piggeries or similar near the dam and apply manure at a rate of up to 100 kg/ha
a day – either initially worked into the soil on the dry reservoir bed or placed
in small quantities at regular intervals in the shallow water.
Fertilizing/manuring of the water should be done at regular intervals in
quantities that do not pollute the water. Fresh manure will be eaten by
fish and any remaining portion will induce the growth of minute plant and
animal organisms.
Fertilizing should not be done at times of high through flows or at times of
low water levels. Care to maintain good vegetation control is also linked.
Excessive growth of weeds will lead to lower fish populations, smaller fish,
use nutrients that otherwise may produce plankton, interfere with swimming
and boating and also encourage water-borne diseases such as malaria and
bilharzias. It is important to balance vegetation growth in a dam reservoir
so shelter is provided for smaller fish, insects and other small animals, the
water is oxygenated and decaying plant life provides an important source
of fertilizer without having excessive vegetation and the subsequent adverse
affects on the water. Occasionally, manual clearing of weeds may be required
to ensure plant growth is not too excessive.
¼Small dams less than 3 ha reservoir surface area:
These structures include seasonal dams and larger fish ponds and are the
most effective sources of fish production, especially if they have extensive
areas of water between 3 and 5 m deep.
The treatments suggested above including fertilizer or manure and liming
combined with good management and supplementary feeding can achieve
high yields of fish production. These dams are more suited to fish farming
rather than fish stocking and should be managed accordingly.
23 This is not acceptable for dams that provide domestic water supplies.
Manual on small earth dams 114
For developing fish farming in all dams, a good start is to refer to the Simple
methods for aquaculture (FAO, 2006), which includes manuals for management
and farming techniques for freshwater fish culture.
This publication aims to fill a void of practical guidelines for
the construction of small earth dams. It presents readers
with sound, reliable and practical source material to improve
dam siting and design capacity in rural areas, to introduce a
beneficiary and gender sensitive approach and to enhance
safety and competence in construction. A section also
provides convenient guidance on costing, drafting tenders
and awarding contracts.
The manual is primarily aimed at technicians and others with
knowledge of engineering and basic irrigation systems and
processes to apply the concepts, techniques and methods
proposed, using simple and straightforward design
and construction procedures.
Manual on
small earth dams
A guide to siting, design and construction
Manual on
small earth dams
A guide to siting, design and construction
FAO IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE PAPER
64
9 7 8 9 2 5 1 0 6 5 4 7 1
I1531E/1/04.10/2000
ISBN 978-92-5-106547-1 ISSN 0254-5284

Manual on small earth dams
A guide to siting, design and construction

FAO IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE PAPER

64

by Tim Stephens Investment Centre Division

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS Rome, 2010

Reproduction of material in this information product for resale or other commercial purposes is prohibited without written permission of the copyright holders. The mention of specific companies or products of manufacturers. accurate and correct. does not imply that these have been endorsed or recommended by FAO in preference to others of a similar nature that are not mentioned. It reflects FAO’s and the author’s best judgement and knowledge on the subject. Reproduction and dissemination of material in this information product for educational or other non-commercial purposes are authorized without any prior written permission from the copyright holders provided the source is fully acknowledged. or for any direct or indirect. Publishing Policy and Support Branch. city or area or of its authorities. Office of Knowledge Exchange. provided that reference is made to the source. Viale delle Terme di Caracalla. If users require engineering or other professional services. Italy. ISBN 978-92-5-106547-1 All rights reserved. territory. Research and Extension. The views expressed in this information product are those of the author(s) and do not necessarily reflect the views of FAO. Or by e-mail to: copyright@fao. Applications for such permission should be addressed to the Chief. the assistance of an appropriate professional should be sought. incidental or consequential damages arising out of any use of this manual. FAO. The designations employed and the presentation of material in this information product do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) concerning the legal or development status of any country. whether or not these have been patented. or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers or boundaries.This manual has been prepared to help practitioners design and construct small earth dams in rural areas. Every reasonable effort has been taken to ensure that the information contained in this manual is complete. 00153 Rome.org © FAO 2010 . The Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations encourages the dissemination of material contained in this publication. FAO declines responsibility for any error or omission and in no event shall FAO be liable for any loss of business or profit.

2 The homogeneous embankment 3.2 Safety aspects and scope of the manual 2.4 Preliminary surveys 5.1 Investigations 4.10 Calculating the PMF using the rational method 5.4 Cutoff trench and core 4 Earth works 4.3 Irrigation dams 2.2 Contour survey 6.11 Estimates of storage required 6 Detailed design 6.7 Preliminary volume of earthwork 5.2 Aerial photography 5.3 Revised capacity 6.1 Introduction 6.5 Social and gender aspects 2.4 Revised volume of earthworks 6.6 Estimated cost of dam construction vi vii 1 3 5 5 6 8 9 10 11 13 13 15 16 19 21 24 26 26 27 29 31 31 32 33 33 33 34 34 36 36 39 41 43 43 44 44 47 48 .6 Storage capacity 5.4 Laboratory tests 4.3 Field visits 5.9 Peak floods 5.6 The USBR manual on small dams 3 Earth embankments 3.III Contents Acknowledgements Acronyms.1 Introduction 5.3 Mechanical analysis 4.1 Introduction 2.5 Borrow areas 5 Site selection and preliminary investigations 5.5 Catchment yield 5.3 The zoned embankment 3.4 Community participation 2.2 Soils 4.1 Introduction 3.8 Catchment area and spillway dimensions 5. abbreviations and symbols 1 Introduction 2 Background 2.5 Design drawings 6.

7 Outlet works 6.2 Plant and equipment 7.11 Crest width 6.6 Trees and bushes 9.13 Stone pitching and training banks 6. evaluation and award of contract 48 52 53 53 53 54 54 54 54 56 59 61 63 63 65 65 66 66 69 71 71 72 72 72 73 74 75 77 79 79 80 80 80 84 84 85 87 89 89 93 95 96 101 .2 Structural defects 10.10 Core depth and thickness 6.2 Inspection requirements 9.6 Bulldozer dams 8.15 Filters and drains 6.1 Introduction 9.5 Maintenance procedures 9.5 Settlement 7.1 Introduction 8.3 Training banks 9.6 Spillway 7.9 Freeboard 6.2 Earth embankment on rock foundation 8.4 Site clearing and preparation 7.16 Environmental issues 7 Dam construction 7.4 Other works 9.8 Estimating capacity in a raised dam 9 Finishing works 9.7 Erosion 9.12 Settlement allowance 6.7 Constructing the embankment 8 Special cases 8.3 Earth embankment using poor earthwork material 8.7 Dams in low rainfall areas 8.3 Compaction equipment and techniques 7.8 The embankment 6.8 Termites and animal burrows 10 Repair work 10.4 An existing embankment with seepage problems 8.3 Non structural defects Bibliography Glossary Annex 1 Procurement guidelines for tender preparation.1 Introduction 10.IV 6.1 Setting out the dam site 7.14 Seepage 6.5 Masonry centre spill dams 8.

V Annex 2 Cost benefit analysis Annex 3 Fish production in farm dams Annex 4 Examples of standard drawings 109 112 115 .

This manual is based in parts on a publication by the author on the same subject and published by Cranfield Press (Stephens.VI Acknowledgements The preparation of this book was funded by the Investment Centre Division and the Land and Water Division of the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) with initial financial support from the World Bank-funded Country Water Resources Assistance Strategy in Zambia. Water and Sanitation for facilitation of a review of the manual by Professors R. layout and graphic design work. . and to Jose Luis Castilla Civit and Jim Morgan for the formatting. colleagues in the Investment Centre and Land and Water Division of FAO. M. Carter and M. the Dew Point DFID Development Resource Centre for Environment. Hann. Henri Tardieu is gratefully remembered for his technical review. criticism and editorial comments as well as photographs. advice. The author wishes to acknowledge the support provided by many colleagues who contributed valuable insights. 1991).

VII Acronyms. abbreviations and symbols A A’ CAP D DFID ESP FSL GPS L H H’ H’’ PMF Q T UNFPA USBR USDA Y Area of the catchment (km2) Area of the reservoir at full supply level (ha or m2) Crisis Action Plan Maximum depth of spillway at the crest UK Department for International Development Exchangable sodium percentage Full supply level Global positioning system Length of the dam at full supply level Crest height of dam at full supply level (m) Maximum height of dam at full supply level (m) Freeboard height (m) Probable maximum flood Dam capacity (m3) Throwback (m) United Nations Population Fund United States Bureau of Reclamation United States Department of Agriculture Catchment yield (m3) .

Introduction 1 .

tendering for construction and awarding contracts. technicians and extension workers involved in agriculture. complex and sophisticated design and construction techniques associated with dams on larger catchments. central and southern Africa and has been drafted with a view to providing. social and gender issues in siting. commercial farmers and contractors – all with some understanding of engineering and some experience of dams. Introduction 1 1 Introduction This manual is designed specifically for engineers. Although derived from training and experience in Africa.1. a collation of practical and useful guidelines for siting. environmental issues and fish production as well as sections on costing dams. for the first time in this field. for rural and other water supplies (when properly treated) and for conservation measures. . The manual includes an introduction to community participation. The manual is derived from the author’s many years of experience in dam design and construction in a number of countries in west. Such dams are suitable for supplying water to irrigation schemes. the manual will be applicable to many other parts of the world and hence its publication by FAO. irrigation and water supply – involved in the siting. constructing and operating dams. Thus. design and construction of small earth dams in the drier parts of the African continent. designing and constructing small dams. the manual essentially provides a comprehensive and pragmatic means for the practical understanding of the principles and procedures used in small earth dam construction and for the users to safely and competently construct small dams without recourse to the costly.

Background 2 .

sodic soils. Before any dam is constructed.2. an assessment of the hazard potential should be made. Background 5 2 Background 2. permeable layers in the soil. This section and Table 1 provides guidelines: Table 1: Hazard potential Loss of life Almost impossible Extremely unlikely Improbable Possible Probable Economic loss Negligible Minimal Marginal Appreciable Excessive Hazard potential None Very low Low Moderate High A dam that is assessed with a high hazard potential should not be built without guidance. hydrology (i. risks of landslips). for fish farming1. such structures can be used. poor quality soils. To rely upon streamflow at a time when temperatures and evaporation are often at a peak can be unrealistic and risky. dry season agriculture and the pre-rainy season establishment of food and cash crops cannot be undertaken without large quantities of water.5 m deep for catchments exceeding this area. droughts. .2 SAFETY ASPECTS AND SCOPE OF THE MANUAL In all dam construction. Equally the word hazard can be changed to risk.e. bare earth surfaces in the catchment) should only be designed and constructed under the supervision of a qualified engineer.e.1 INTRODUCTION In many tropical. ¼ No spillway should be less than 10 m wide and 1 m deep for catchments up to 5 km2 and should be at least 15 m wide and 1. safety must be given priority and users of this manual should follow the guidelines below: ¼ Users should restrict themselves to the construction of earth dams no higher than 5 m from streambed to finished crest level. stock and domestic water purposes. for both the design and construction. groundwater recharge. from a qualified engineer. either separately or combined. flash floods. flood amelioration and conservation storage. ¼ Dams on catchment areas exceeding 25 km2 or with reservoir areas storing more than 50 000 m3 may require the advice of a hydrologist to assist in the design of spillways and other outlets and for the estimation of freeboard. ¼ Any dam that involves out of the ordinary topography (i. 2.e. snowmelt) or soils (i. Although primarily for irrigation. Dams assessed as having moderate2 or low hazard potential may need design modifica1 Refer to Annex 3 for more information. steep slopes upstream. 2 Sometimes an extra category ‘significant’ is added to this sort of table between high and moderate. drainage sumps. It may become essential for a dam to be constructed on a river or stream to allow for off-season storage of vital water supplies. subtropical and Mediterranean climates.

authorities downstream.3 IRRIGATION DAMS The financial benefits from the cultivation of land in many parts of the world are rarely large enough to allow for expensive. whether on.or off-stream. a Crisis Action Plan (CAP) should always be prepared. At a minimum this will comprise: ¼ Contact names and telephone numbers (owner of the dam. including the provision of safe routes to follow in case of flooding/dam failure. ¼ A list of names. This is further discussed below. 2. more stable slopes (especially on poorer foundations or when using poorer earth materials). it should be made safe. to mitigate the perceived risks. addresses and telephone numbers (keep this up to date) of inhabitants living immediately downstream of the dam and within the estimated area of inundation. Immediate evacuation should take priority over any other action should the stability of the dam be threatened.6 Manual on small earth dams tions. the introduction of seepage relief measures such as drains and filters and additional mechanisms to permit the release of water from the dam to lower water levels at times of hazard. ¼ The CAP should be periodically updated to take into account changes in land use downstream and any changes to the catchment upstream. develops problems or is considered unstable. ¼ Information on resources to use and procedures to follow for emergency repairs. including increasing the return period for the design flood. drains or outlets. and the alternative is normally an earth dam or simple weir. For all dams. This could include safely breaching the embankment and returning the river to (as far as possible) its natural state or converting the dam into a conservation structure with a programme of inspection and maintenance to ensure it does not become neglected and eventually a risk to downstream areas. This should include a list of civil engineering contractors. Finally. except those assessed with no hazard potential. improve stability and reduce susceptibility to flood flows or overtopping. technologically advanced concrete structures to be built for impounding water. Other modifications that can be made to the embankment are designing for flatter. police and emergency services and others) to call if the dam is damaged. equipment and materials’ suppliers and engineers available locally. The actual usable storage capacity of such a reservoir must be greater than the net demand over a season for a crop and must take the following factors into account: . or is considered no longer viable. when a dam is no longer required. Increasing freeboard or designing the spillway for the passage of larger flood flows (including having ‘emergency spillways’) can reduce risks to dams from extreme rainfall events. A map to illustrate various levels of inundation (with estimates of timings for any flood wave) should be prepared and be available. ¼ Information on possible areas likely to be affected downstream (estimated area of inundation) should the dam fail or significant amounts of water require immediate release from gates. ¼ Plans for warning and emergency evacuation.

¼ Irrigation requirement. evapotranspiration rates and other climatic factors. Note should be taken that it is not always wise to drain a dam completely. agriculturalists and climatologists will allow estimates to be made of the total amount of water required per hectare cultivated. and as evaporation can vary from 0. Embankment dams have many advantages over equivalent concrete structures and are most appropriate for farm or other rural situations. this can be a very important design consideration. Construction on a layer-by-layer basis will allow for good compaction and stability and. should generally have cost less than a concrete wall. for a flexible timetable of construction to be introduced. spillway parameters permitting. Smaller earth dams require minimal maintenance (unless in difficult locations or in extraordinary climatic situations). the anticipated irrigation demand from a dam must be linked to the yield of the catchment in any one year. A narrow deep reservoir will have a much smaller evaporation loss than a broad shallow reservoir. .5 m per annum from temperate to arid climates. can be built using relatively unsophisticated design procedures and equipment. Thus. which will vary according to the time of year. ¼ Dead storage is the name given to that part of the reservoir that cannot be drained by an outlet or by pumping. once completed. ¼ Seepage will always occur with an earth dam and will depend upon site soil conditions.3 m to 2. and are better able to withstand foundation and abutment movements than the more rigid concrete and masonry structures. For semi-arid and arid areas it may be wise to estimate a dry year catchment yield and use this for calculating the amount of water available for irrigation or other uses. Dams up to 15 m high.2. most especially if ‘cracking clays’ have been used in the embankment. scrapers and rollers) are usually adequate for the construction of such an earth dam which. when built on suitable sites and correctly designed and constructed using good earthworks materials. the embankment itself and the depth of the water. with its attendant complex design and construction procedures. Farm tractors (equipped with dam scoops. For example. Background 7 ¼ The storage should be below the calculated yield of the catchment in a dry year or based on an acceptable average minimal yield over a period of years. The latter depends largely on the suction arrangements of the pumping set up – a ‘flooded’ suction through the dam wall will result in very little dead storage whereas pumps located on the side of the reservoir or the embankment will never bring the water level to zero. Compaction is an essential part of the construction process whatever the size of the embankment and should not be ignored – always pay more for the equipment needed as this cost will be recouped 3 Evaporation from dams in South Africa is estimated at 25–30 percent of the water stored per annum. core or reservoir floor. This provides a small increase in storage capacity and reduces costs. Consultation with local farmers. wheat grown in a sub-tropical dry season winter in southern Africa will require 5 000 to 6 000 m3 of water per hectare per 100-120 day season. crop and irrigation efficiency. ¼ Evaporation losses can be high and will depend upon climate3 and the surface area of the stored water. Further advantage can be gained by constructing the embankment from material excavated from the reservoir area.

a spillway. safer and more stable structure. have environmental regulations to follow. whether temporary or permanent.8 Manual on small earth dams by the construction of a better. whether for agriculture or water supply. These not only regulate the amounts of water that can be stored within or abstracted from a river system but also allow inspection and control of dam building to maintain standards of safety and construction. A failed dam. if maintenance is ignored. it is wise to allow for a complete overhaul of all mechanical and hydraulic systems following completion of the dam when working out costs. It must be stressed that. such guidelines will allow for the safe and economic construction of embankments. and more a matter of common sense than advanced engineering knowledge. certain guidelines and generalities can be applied to all dams. it is essential to consult local people. All procedures therefore. Similarly. when farm machinery is used. Water rights and abstraction licences exist in many countries and these should be applied for before construction starts. Try to obtain a representative view. Similarly. is not only a matter of a lost structure but can result in loss of life and considerable expense for those downstream. delay completion up to another season and introduce expenses that could have been avoided by simple maintenance procedures. This is particularly important where the community is expected to contribute towards the . Construction can be scheduled to fit in with climatic factors and plant and equipment constraints. although special emphasis will have been given to local conditions. if the safety of any design or construction element is in question. It is extremely important that all equipment used in excavation and construction is in perfect condition. a competent civil engineer must be consulted. tender preparation. and perhaps the spillway. In such staged construction it is essential that. Far too many earth dams are built with a disregard to engineering practice and to local regulations.4 COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION For dams being sponsored by governments or other agencies for community operation and management. When followed. in selecting. not that of just landowners or important people in a community. either for applying for a water right or for the approval of the physical construction of a dam. Guidelines also need to be followed if the dams are to be constructed by contractors and Annex 1 provides general advice on procurement. is built to divert flood flows safely away from the partially completed structures. at whatever height the wall is stopped in the first season. Where farm machinery is being used. evaluation and award of contract. the construction schedule can be tailored to fit in with other farm uses to avoid tying up machinery at the expense of agricultural production. although most of the procedures are simple. An earth dam will be unique to an individual site. A breakdown during a tightly scheduled programme can disrupt staggered procedures. designing and building dams must be followed to the highest standards possible. to determine their needs and views. to be constructed in one dry season and the remaining embankment. It is not uncommon for the part of the core below ground. but also those who will be most directly affected or benefit from any dam. training banks and outlet works to be completed in the next. major problems may occur later in carrying out conventional farm activities. For example. 2. the process of scooping and moving heavy clays consistently over long periods is particularly wearing on tractor engines and gearboxes and. most countries in Africa and elsewhere. however small.

Men and women differ in their preference and needs for water and will be affected differently when the dam is finished and is storing water. This may lengthen the construction period and increase costs but may prove worthwhile in the long term in enhancing ownership responsibilities and skills amongst the beneficiaries. women in many developing countries walked an average of 6 km a day to collect water. This includes water for drinking. The distribution of water and land is a major determinant of poverty. The establishment of dam committees at an early stage is strongly recommended. Studies from Africa show that both rural and urban women are engaged in small-scale enterprises and that improved access to water would help them to pursue these activities more effectively. in membership of groups associated with the dam (and any irrigation scheme) and in evaluating changes that will occur in workloads for men and women following the introduction of the dam and its related infrastructure.5 provides further guidelines on this. Women have much less access to this essential asset than men. Social and gender issues should be considered at this time and throughout the design and construction process. cleaning and overall health and hygiene within the household. 2. livestock. Background 9 siting and construction (i. cooking. Irrigated and rainfed land is the main source of livelihood for many rural populations. Clear water rights lead to improved access to water. The main users of the dam should be well represented on this committee – in Africa women are often responsible for drawing water and should therefore be consulted on the site to be selected and be included in the committee. Training local people in all aspects of dam repair and maintenance may need to be included in the construction programme. it must be clear that the development of any irrigation scheme should not onerously increase the work load of both men and women. Equally.e. and therefore its use is associated with permits. Women and girls are typically responsible for collecting water for daily needs. It is important not to constrain the participation of women or the poor in decision making. although water is often a public good. Section 2. migration of men from rural areas has led to an increase in women-headed households and an overburdening of women with tasks of maintaining households as well as farms. In southern Africa.2. which can be spent on other productive and human development activities. The same committee should later be converted to the operation and maintenance committee once the dam has been completed. concessions. with the provision of land.5 SOCIAL AND GENDER ASPECTS In most countries land and water rights are closely related. According to the United Nations Population Fund (UNFPA). such as crop production and education. and other tenure systems. in 2002. Where local participation is expected in the construction process any contracts awarded to private contractors should clearly define all contributions to be made by the community and the contractors asked to modify their work programmes and practices accordingly. Responsible ownership of the dam and its catchment by the community. their labour and possibly local materials) operation and maintenance of the dam. is vital for future maintenance and longevity of the structure. which is critical for maintaining good health and a sustainable livelihood. even if the dam is to be built by an outside agency. The availability of clean water close to home saves women’s and girls’ time. Water quality .

et al. It is a useful reference but is not directly applicable to the small dams the present manual is targeting. The USBR Manual is designed to be used by qualified. The Gender in agriculture sourcebook.. To identify key issues in social and gender aspects. fitted with hand pumps.10 Manual on small earth dams is very important in this context for the health standards of the whole household. and to assist in evaluating anticipated impacts that any project may bring about. downstream of the embankment. a pipe though the embankment (installed at the time of construction) with a simple sand filter and water outlets for domestic and livestock uses could be considered. The technologies. in particular. (World Bank. an assessment of women’s needs. . 2009) is another useful reference on this. procedures and methods of design and construction provided are tailored for such dams. Alternatively. FAO has guidelines for the social analysis of investment in agriculture and rural development. to benefit from any underground seepage. and applicable to small dams constructed in the United States. experienced engineers working on a range of dams and on large catchments in the United States. All designs and installations must be completed with the full participation of the end users to ensure that they are appropriate and sustainable.6 THE USBR MANUAL ON SMALL DAMS The reference text for dam construction is the United States Department of the Interior Bureau of Reclamation (USBR) Manual on the design of small dams (2006). Designing for a safe and hygienic water supply from dams is thus important. Protected shallow wells or boreholes. Planning projects for multipurpose use of water requires a thorough investigation of the non-agricultural uses and. can be useful combined with restricting access to the reservoir (fencing). Many of the design and construction procedures are not applicable to smaller ‘farm’ dams and cannot be downsized to become appropriate to the less sophisticated techniques and methodologies required. 2. ‘Small’ dams so defined are up to 90 m high.

Earth embankments 3 .

¼ Foundation requirements are less stringent than for other types of dam. and ¼ downstream section of poorer. offering possible pathways for preferential seepage. . the dam will offer weak structural integrity. The main advantages involved in the construction of small earth dams are: ¼ Local natural materials are used. whether impervious or not. However. a spillway and adequate upstream protection are essential for any earth dam. ¼ Comparatively small plant and equipment are required. Thus. The broad base of an earth dam spreads the load on the foundation. animal and insect damage and seepage. such homogeneous embankments can still be cheap and reliable. coarser material that allows freer drainage of the structure and which. across a stream or river. ¼ Designing and constructing adequate spillways is usually the most technically difficult part of any dam building work. Modern haulage methods and developments in soil mechanics since the end of the nineteenth century have greatly increased the safety and life of these structures. The earliest embankments were constructed on the principle of a solid wall of earth. ¼ Design procedures are straightforward. will effectively seal the dam against seepage). subsidence. with any below ground cutoff. disadvantages also exist and these are: ¼ An earth embankment is easily damaged or destroyed by water flowing on. by its weight. Any site with a poor quality spillway should not be used. They are simple compacted structures that rely on their mass to resist sliding and overturning and are the most common type of dam found worldwide. however.1 INTRODUCTION Earth embankments have been used since the earliest times to impound and divert water. anchors the complete embankment to its foundation and prevents slip and other movement. over or against it. ¼ central core or hearting of highly impermeable material (which. tree growth. When built properly. They are. ¼ Earth dams require continual maintenance to prevent erosion. ¼ If not adequately compacted during construction.3 Earth embankments 13 3 Earth embankments 3. generally inferior to the modern method of zoned construction in which an embankment is built in three sections: ¼ upstream and relatively impermeable section. ¼ Earthfill dams resist settlement and movement better than more rigid structures and can be more suitable for areas where earth movements are common.

14

Manual on small earth dams

3.2 THE HOMOGENEOUS EMBANKMENT
With this older type of dam, the build up of excess pore pressures within the embankment and seepage can be a problem, especially for a reservoir having high, or rapidly fluctuating water levels for long periods; or for a dam having impervious foundations. If seepage is excessive this can lead to instability and eventual failure of all or part of the downstream face. Figure 1 illustrates the problem and offers some solutions.

Figure 1 - Homogeneous dams

Either a rock toe or drainage layer (‘blanket’) of gravel or similar material will help relieve seepage problems in the downstream areas of an embankment on impervious foundations. The rock toe should be overlain by coarse sand and gravel to prevent embankment materials being drawn into it, a situation that could ultimately reduce the permeability of the toe and cause subsidence of the dam. In more pervious foundations (which often exist where dams are constructed on stream beds) exposure of a natural drainage layer can have the same effect of relieving seepage as an artificial gravel blanket or drainage layer.

3 Earth embankments

15

Any seepage relief structure should only underlie the downstream section of the dam and should not extend into areas of the embankment that could permit percolation or direct seepage from upstream. Generally, homogeneous dams should have relatively flat slopes (1:3 upstream and 1:2 downstream) as insurance against possible instability. A flatter upstream slope, required by all earth dams, allows the saturated section below water level to resist slumping. Also the weight of the water stored above it exerts a downforce which, when combined with the weight of the dam, equals or exceeds the horizontal thrust exerted by the depth of the water against the embankment. Note that the latter is dependent on the depth, not the volume of water, and that the horizontal thrust increases according to the square of the depth of the water. Therefore, building higher dams becomes more critical as, for example, doubling the water depth of a dam from 2 m to 4 m would increase the thrust fourfold. Water levels should not be allowed to fall or rise too fast, especially if the embankment material is impermeable. This is because a rapid lowering of the reservoir could lead to slumping of the upstream face or, if the wall has been allowed to dry, a rapid rise in level could lead to erosion through cracks and fissures. Both may eventually result in erosion, loss of material and, in a worst case scenario, a breach.

3.3 THE ZONED EMBANKMENT
This is a better alternative, particularly for larger dams that readily allow the use of construction machinery. With this type of dam, possible seepage hazards are reduced to a minimum. Compared with homogeneous embankments, costs are likely to be higher, mainly because the earthworks material is divided into three categories: pervious for the downstream section, impervious for the core (or hearting) and semi-impervious for the upstream section, all of which has to be excavated from separate borrow areas (preferably within the reservoir area), thus increasing excavation and movement costs. Slopes, however, can be reduced to around 1:2 upstream and 1:1.75 downstream (or 1:2.25 upstream and 1:2 downstream for sites where only relatively poor impermeable material is available) and the material excavated in construction of the core can be used in the embankment, thus economizing on the use of earthworks. Figure 2 illustrates an ideal example of a zoned dam. Note should be made of the rock toe, which may be required for stability and to drain the downstream section (gravel drains may be necessary) and the stone pitching on the upstream face which, in this case, is necessary for protection of the wall from wave action. When laid correctly, stone pitching (Figure 3 provides an example) can prove an inexpensive (if available locally) and efficient means of protection but should not be used on the ends of embankments and abutments and along the sides of spillways. These areas of a dam are extremely sensitive to erosion and may need to be concreted or shielded by gabions for maximum protection. The FAO publication on small dams and weirs in earth and gabion materials (FAO, 2001) provides guidelines on this. Artificial impermeable materials, such as heavy duty plastic sheeting, have successfully been used in many parts of the world as an alternative to clay cores. In the tropics, however, such materials have been found to attract termites and rodents; have been burrowed into by animals and have not resisted settlement of the embankment after construction. Similarly, ant hill/termite mound material, often

16

Manual on small earth dams

Figure 2 - Section of a typical zoned dam

Figure 3 - Stone pitching detail

used because of its relatively high clay content, is losing favour beacause of its undesirable organic and mineral constituents; its variability within a small area and, once used, its subsequent attraction to termites (and their predators) despite its being treated with insecticide or mixed with diesel fuel. Where suitable core material is unavailable within economic limits, such material may have to be used, but must be analysed if possible; well ‘killed’ before excavation and treated when being installed. Care is needed in the use of insecticides that could contaminate watercourses when absorbed by seepage or other water.

3.4 CUTOFF TRENCH AND CORE
Most dams, homogenous or zoned, can benefit from the construction of a cutoff in the foundation. A cutoff will reduce seepage and improve stability. Whether stable clay, or other material is being used, the cutoff trench must be excavated to a depth that will minimize all possible seepage. Ideally, the cutoff trench should be dug down to solid rock that extends to great depths. If underlying rock is fissured or uneven it can be cleaned off and concreted to offer a good surface on which the clay can be laid. For larger indentations or cracks, slush grouting should be used, which is a thick slurry mix of cement and water poured and broomed

especially where inexperienced plant operators and labourers are being employed. if a staggered track is followed across the width of the cutoff trench at the time of back filling. a cement wash (a weaker mix of cement and water to form a creamy texture) can be brushed across a surface to seal it and again establish a mostly flat surface layer. at least frequent. and core of a zoned embankment.e. it will be too late to introduce corrective measures after construction. the tyres can be filled with water and.3 Earth embankments 17 into the larger cracks and fissures before any concrete is laid to fill the remaining indentations and to offer an eventual mostly flat surface. or laid in layers thin and moist enough to allow compaction. The importance of correct core construction cannot be over-emphasized. Light irrigation of the borrow area. Rain on the site can cause problems and an over-wet clay will prove difficult to compact. The cutoff trench. much compaction time can be saved. . as long as it is not too wet. Each section must be well keyed and bonded to the next since the cutoff trench and core are designed as one homogeneous unit to avoid seepage and structural problems. hand laid cores) and layers 75-150 mm thick and 2-3 m wide for larger dams (i. This is explained in more detail in Section 4. In this situation it is better to wait for the soil to dry before continuing with construction. Continual or. can often assist in the scraping and scooping of the material. Compaction can be carried out by hand (tamping damp material by ramming poles 100-150 mm diameter) or by machinery (rollers or vibrators). Failure to correctly carry out these comparatively inexpensive procedures could lead to expensive problems later that remedial measures will rarely completely resolve. The cutoff material should be placed in layers to a maximum 50-75 mm thick and to a minimum width of 1 m for small dams (i. In severe cases the dam can fail or not attain legislative approval – in either case an expensive mistake. If the core and cutoff trench have not been taken down to a firm foundation. material laid by scoop or scraper and compacted by machinery). some hours before excavation. Use of a soil that will not allow the passage of any water (i. or a combination of both.e.e. For more even surfaces with smaller cracks. must be constructed of impervious material. monitoring of core material quality. If farm tractors are being used. Every layer must be well compacted and if the whole dam length cannot be completed at any one time. impervious) is not necessarily desirable. moisture content and layering procedures is advisable.

Earth works 4 .

Samples can be taken for subsequent texture and laboratory analysis. 2001) has a detailed section on borrow materials. At this investigatory stage possible borrow areas should be identified – initially by eye. stone (for rip-rap or stone pitching) and high-quality clays for lining upstream surfaces and any canals. if required.e. to cater for losses and wastage and poorer than estimated materials being found) and that the haul distances are not excessive.1 INVESTIGATIONS Ideally. the entire earth fill should be drawn from within the reservoir area and. trying to ascertain soil type from vegetation. This approach will include selecting the soils to be used. position on slope and so on. from any cut spillway areas. laboratory testing and mechanical analysis (if such facilities are available) to ensure the selected materials are suitable and interpretation of the results of these tests by an experienced engineer or technician to permit the appropriate materials to be used. The section below however provides basic details to follow in ascertaining the more favourable areas for investigation.1 Soil pits and trenches Dig soil pits and auger holes to assess the top and subsoil layers and the foundation condition in the embankment area. A series of trial pits and trenches can then be dug in more promising areas to allow a visual assessment of the soil profile to be made in line with local soil coding and classification techniques. The FAO Manual. 4. more often than not.4 Earth works 21 4 Earth works 4. the results can more than repay the cost involved and. filter materials. will ensure the exclusion of doubtful material in the construction process. Although using a soil laboratory is expensive. The importance of a correct analytical approach to determine the various soil types for a zoned embankment cannot be stressed too much. Preliminary exploration to determine suitable borrow areas for dam construction would: ¼ Explore areas for large quantities of soil material for inclusion in the embankment and any training walls. Ideally trials should indicate at least 150 percent of the estimated material needed for the dam is available (i. aggregates (for concrete).1. . sampling and testing. visible soil. on small dams and weirs in earth and gabion materials (FAO. ¼ Explore areas for the provision of more specialized materials such as gravels (for drainage). Auger holes dug on a grid to depths of 3 m throughout a potential source area will allow a general assessment of soil types to be made.

Figure 4 .002 mm diameter.2 Texture tests Texture tests are carried out to determine soil types. 5 The United Kingdom system varies slightly from this. A ‘sandy clay loam’ has between 20 percent and 30 percent clay and up to 80 percent sand and loam. The USDA system is widely used throughout the world5. The internationally accepted United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Texture Diagram (refer to Figure 4) is a useful tool for initially demarcating soils for dam building. soil scientists and so on. the textural classes involved are as follows: Any soil with more than 55 percent clay can be considered as a ‘clay’. silt and clay are used to determine the textural class of a soil. mainly with minor differences in the classification of clays and clay-based soils. The definition here is that for the USDA and adopted by FAO.Soil textural class Basically.22 Manual on small earth dams 4. Silt: 0. the mineral part of the soil is made up of particles in three size ranges4: Clay: less than 0. sedimentologists. The relative proportions of sand. Excluding stones and gravels.002-0. A ‘sandy clay’ is a soil with between 33 percent and 55 percent clay and up to 65 percent sand.05-2. .1. 4 The figures vary according to who is defining: geotechnical engineers. Sand: 0.00 mm diameter.05 mm diameter.

with experience and specific local knowledge. Infiltration rings. defines a ‘Unified Classification’ and makes recommendations on slopes for dam construction (albeit for larger dams than this handbook will target) according to soil type.e. 4. 2006) has updated the section on soils according to types. taking care not to over compact the soil within. higher percentage clays) being reserved for the core and upstream shoulder of the embankment. placed in lower parts of the dam that are unlikely to dry out (such as in the cutoff trench) or covered by a gravel layer or topsoil with grass.e. Clay soil areas can be demarcated in the field with the better soils (i. 4. and combinations of them. Generally. preliminary infiltration tests to obtain an indication of the soil’s permeability can be performed. Compaction rates are also indicated to guide designers and constructors for smaller.3 Infiltration tests At this stage. A comparative evaluation of falling water levels over an area can then provide an indication of permeability and may indicate relative clay contents. smooth feeling with a tendency to disperse. soils containing a significant percentage of clay are ideal for the core but clays with a tendency to crack should be avoided. hand testing to determine texture can prove important for the initial stages of identifying appropriate earth fill materials.4 Earth works 23 Sands can be further defined according to the size of the grains (i. medium and coarse) in the sand fraction. fine. A more pervious material will require greater compaction and vice versa. Sands and clays. when cut it will exhibit a shiny. are most suitable for earth dam construction. Silts are often similar in both appearance and feel to wet clays when dry but can usually be differentiated when wet as the clay will exhibit sticky.1.4 Core and cutoff material A soil is required that will limit the passage of water but not to such an extent that undesirable differential pressures could build up across and within the embankment. simpler dams on smaller catchments and to reduce the needs for mechanical and laboratory testing of such soils. rolled into a ball and dropped onto a flat surface from waist height without cracking unduly. The impermeability of the soil used will vary between localities. Generally. however. The simplest way to carry out such tests involves filling auger holes or small pits with water. A better quality clay can be manipulated into a thin strip without breaking up. If the latter are used they should be carefully compacted. can be used for the upper surface layers of soil. smooth surface.1. silty soils are unsuitable because of their inherent instability when wet and should not be included in any of the earthworks. Hand-testing techniques involve the taking of a small sample of a soil – usually in the hand not required for making notes – dampening it (avoid soaking it) and rolling it into a ball to examine its cohesive constituents. To precisely define textural classes requires laboratory techniques but. but some standardization of water tightness can be achieved through varying the degree of compaction involved. plastic-like characteristics while silt has a silky. . Also. which are used in the assessment of infiltration capacity for irrigation design purposes. The latest USBR Manual on small earth dams (USBR.

4. Avoid complete removal of impervious materials. A . especially when under pressure of several metres of water. Of great economic importance is the need to find such materials close to the dam site. Pervious materials such as coarser grained sand and gravels – suitably washed and screened/sieved for size and grade – are used in the downstream shoulder and sections of the embankment requiring mass and drainage.2. preferably within the reservoir area. gravels and/ or silts. Sandy clay soils are most suited for inclusion in this upstream section as they compact well.1. in a properly constructed embankment. Basically. and in large enough quantities to justify their removal. can provide soils with a higher proportion of clay. Once completed. a dry downstream face will prevent slippage and reduce risk of failure. The valley sides. Investigation of proposed borrow areas is a necessary feature of any dam survey.5 Other embankment materials Semi-pervious materials such as sandy clays and clay loams with a proportion of fines. 4. These can often be better compacted dry or if only slightly damp. special attention to compaction techniques will have to be given to minimize the volume of air spaces in the soil and to maximize its stability when wet.2. The streambed proper should be a source for silts. fine material and difficulty in compaction are their main drawbacks. These will allow a limited passage of water and. The upstream shoulder does not require highly impermeable clays as these could lead to undesirable uplift pressures developing beneath this section of embankment. boreholes and utilizing existing features such as wells and animal burrows to gain an extensive knowledge of the area.24 Manual on small earth dams 4. are suitable for inclusion in the upstream shoulder. This is carried out using auger holes. The more heavily leached areas can provide amounts of sands. More permeable clays usually have a good crumb or granular structure and include the typical red (but not lateritic) soils and the lighter self-ploughing basalt soils of central and southern Africa with their ability to move topsoil (when dry and crumbly) down through cracks in the profile. have much reduced seepage characteristics but do not allow the build up of high soil–water pressures. poor structure. as exposure of more permeable layers beneath could lead to seepage problems in later years. soil pits.2 SOILS Within a river valley a cross-section of soils may be available. Where poorer soils are used. such as clay or perhaps silt particles. the latter being useful for drains and concrete work. where less leaching has occurred.2 Silts Avoid including silts in any section of the embankment. 4. will resist slumping when wet. Clays are not required in the downstream shoulder as it is essential that this section is free draining. sands and gravels. The lack of cohesion. the lower the clay percentage (to an arbitrary minimum as low as 3-5 percent).1 Clays The best clay soil is always reserved for the core and cutoff and must be well compacted. Always seek specialist advice for use of these materials in drainage and filter works. the more compaction and care in construction is required.

but care must be taken in its use and application to ensure it is balanced with other soils and to keep percentage contents low. which are unsuitable for any zone of the dam. 4. therefore. which are fine clays with a high proportion of sodium.2. although often gravelly in texture. be required.4 Materials to avoid Should there be any question about a soil’s suitability. so any fine clay should be analysed. Sodic soils Contact between a sodic soil and water leads to deflocculation occurring in the profile in which sodium has accumulated. say in a silty-clay. entered the exchange complex and caused dispersion of the colloids. Schists may also contain a high proportion of mica. ¼ Sodic soils. . as most dam soils would be) and thus these soils do not act at all like clays (which bond together when wet) and are completely unsuitable to use in any embankment. tend to disintegrate when wet. They are difficult to identify in the field. the best soil reserved for the core. ¼ Decomposing material. A sandy soil can be used in the downstream shoulder but should not be used elsewhere unless there is no alternative. in particular the following: ¼ Organic material (except when used to top dress the embankment and other parts of the dam site at the end of the construction period). 6 pH is the standard measure of acidity related to the concentration of hydrogen ions. although generally stable. ¼ Schists and shales which.4 Earth works 25 small proportion of silt is permissible. it is safest to avoid using it. it is important to differentiate the two when testing for texture. are usually very permeable.2. ¼ Calcitic soils such as clays derived from limestone which. ¼ Fine silts. Basically this leads to highly dispersive behaviour when wet (i. ¼ Material with a high proportion of mica. 4. soils with a pH between 1 and 7 are acidic and those above 7 (to 14) are alkaline.e. As they can be confused with fine clays. and some consideration given to obtaining embankment water tightness by other means. The pH6 and electrical conductivity (affected by soil salinity – sodium. Sands do have an important role in larger dams as a filter material.3 Sands A soil with a predominance of sand should not be used in dam construction. ¼ Cracking clays that fracture when dry and may not seal up when wetted in time to prevent piping through them. A pH of 7 is neutral. Some materials should never be used in dam construction. which forms slip surfaces in soils of low clay percentages. permeability and aeration. reduction occurs in pore spaces affecting infiltration. If a sandy soil is used in the rest of the dam special attention must be paid to compaction. Consequently. Laboratory analysis may. magnesium and calcium being important) measured are in most cases high.

8 or above) will prove more unstable than a clayey soil with a higher ESP value. which develop on granitic bedrock-derived soils (these have higher sodium-releasing mineral contents than their basaltic equivalents. silt. The following tests (refer to the methods and procedures detailed in the nine documents compris- . chemical treatment with gypsum and higher levels of compaction to increase the in situ impermeability (i. which accurately assess silt. etc.26 Manual on small earth dams Any clays with a predominance of sodium (and. Marine clays found in Canada. 4.e.4 LABORATORY TESTS Laboratory tests on selected samples should be undertaken to confirm the field evaluations and to determine the physical properties of the soils. Sodic soils are virtually cohesionless when wet and are responsible for many catastrophic earth dam collapses. for soils with low levels of sodicity. Drainage will also be important to lower the phreatic surface within the embankment and to reduce pore pressures. magnesium) among the exchangeable cations should be avoided as earthworks’ materials. The importance of a correct analytical approach to determine the various soil types for a zoned embankment cannot be over stressed. Such failures usually occur soon after first filling of a dam reservoir and it is normally not advisable to attempt repair work as the embankment and foundation may still have sodic areas as yet unaffected. Norway and Sweden. In central and southern Africa. core or foundation work. sodic soils are most commonly found in ‘mopane’ (Colophospermum mopane) woodland and scrubland.5 to 10 although lime-free soils can show pH values as low as 6. the results can more than repay the cost involved and. The proportion of clay to exchangeable sodium will also be important in so much that a sandy-clay soil with lower ESP values (i. which tend to be richer in calcium materials) in the lower rainfall and relatively hotter climates that allow sodium to accumulate in the upper soil horizons. Laboratory results will generally show exchangeable sodium percentage (ESP) values higher than 15 and pH in the range 8. If sodicity is suspected the best rule is not to use any of the soil concerned and avoid such areas when extending dam. compaction characteristics and to check for other factors such as mica.3 MECHANICAL ANALYSIS Mechanical analysis of soil samples to assess constituents.. to a lesser extent. with previous work will allow estimates to be made of earth fill available. overburden to be removed and unsuitable areas to be avoided. sand and other particles in a soil. Although using a soil laboratory is expensive. to keep the sodic soils dryer than normal) may help maintain stability where such soils have inadvertently been included in earth fill materials. more often than not. mineral content. sodicity.e. clay. 4. that may make apparently good soil unsuitable. Correlation of these results. termed ‘quick clays’ and renowned for their viscosity and ability to flow great distances when wet are similar to mopane soils and have been created by the deposition of sodium within the soil horizons as pore water levels decline. will ensure the exclusion of doubtful material in the construction process. should be carried out. However. Structure will have significantly deteriorated and compaction tests will indicate easily mobilized soils that are structurally unstable when wet and under load.

4 Earth works

27

ing the British Standard7 1377 of 1990 (and 2007 amendments) for definitive information on compaction, compressibility, permeability and durability and shear strength) are recommended: ¼ Gradings: both mechanical sieving and hydrometer tests to determine the particle size distribution, identify the predominant soil type and the likely permeability of the material. ¼ Atterberg tests: measure the plastic limit and liquid limit of soil to enable the material to be classified and its suitability as a fill material assessed. ¼ Proctor test: to determine the maximum dry density and the optimum moisture content for use in compaction control during construction. Soils compacted to the maximum dry density are then at their maximum strength. ¼ Crumb test: to determine the disposition of the soil to disperse. Examples of typical soils materials envelopes, based on a southern African laboratory (sieve) analysis, and according to particle size are given in Figure 5. In this figure, any soil materials meeting the specifications found between the heavy black lines would be suitable for inclusion in the parts of the dam embankment noted on the graphs. ‘Shell zone material’ refers to the upstream and downstream sections of a zoned embankment: they may need to be differentiated further where different materials are recommended for each section.

4.5 BORROW AREAS
Borrow areas within the reservoir area should be given first preference, followed by those located on the valley sides close to the proposed embankment. Borrow pits in the reservoir have the advantage of increasing the upstream storage capacity and require no remedial work once the dam is completed. Borrow pits should never be located close to the downstream toe area of the dam, the spillway or outfall or in any area prone to erosion. Borrow pits located some distance from the dam site will increase construction costs, wear and tear on plant and machinery and the timing of the construction so always identify source materials as close to the dam site as possible.

7 British Standards are available on line from the BSI Group website or from other websites and booksellers.

28

Manual on small earth dams

Figure 5 - Material grading envelopes

HOMOGENEOUS DAM MATERIAL ENVELOPES
100 100 90 90

80

80 PERCENTAGE PASSING PERCENTAGE PASSING PERCENTAGE PASSING

70

70

60

HOMOGENEOUS DAM ENVELOPE

60

50

50

40

40

30

30

20

20

10

10

0 0-001 0-005 0-01 0-05 0-1 0-5 1-0 5-0 10 50

0 100

100

ZONED DAM MATERIAL ENVELOPES

100

90

90

80

80

70

70

60

50

CORE AND CUTOFF ZONE MATERIAL

SHELL ZONE MATERIAL

60

50

40

40

30

30

20

20

10

10

0 0-001 0-005 0-01 0-05 0-1 0-5 1-0 5-0 10 50

0 100

100

FILTER AND DRAIN MATERIAL ENVELOPES

100

90

90

80

80

70

60

FILTER SAND

DRAIN GRAVEL

70

60

50

50

40

40

30

30

20

20

10

10

0 0-001 0-005 0-01 0-05 0-1 0-5 1-0 5-0 10 50 PARTICLE SIZE IN MILLIMETRES

0 100

CLAY

FINE

FINE SILT FRACTION

FINE

FINE

FINE SAND FRACTION

FINE

FINE

FINE GRAVEL FRACTION

FINE

MATERIAL GRADING ENVELOPES

Site selection and 5 preliminary investigations

Use of an accurate global positioning system (GPS) at this stage can prove useful. if the dam-site is a long distance away from the cultivated area. much expenditure on pipelines and pumping may be required. a field visit is essential. Dam sites on steep slopes are rarely economic as embankments give limited storage so. large diameter and costly high pressure pipes may be required and it may prove more economic to choose a poorer. for example. over 4-5 percent) are seen on the photograph or the map. pasture and developed land must be marked to allow the best location of potential sites.1 INTRODUCTION Although the selection of a suitable site is essentially a field exercise. community needs. Satellite imagery to a suitable scale can also be considered. . ¼ Irrigable areas. If the photograph is becoming crowded with detail. Other factors. non-essential details can be erased to aid easier interpretation. and buildings should all be considered at this stage so that costly investigation work is not wasted. For large irrigable areas. It is important to identify where the water to be stored is to be used: irrigation. If the site proves difficult it should not be considered unless other overriding reasons demand that the dam be located in a specific area – in all such cases competent engineering advice is needed before any further work is done. more expensive dam site close to the land involved than a better site further away. Once the aerial photography interpretation has been completed and possible sites identified. ¼ Stream lines should be drawn in and areas that appear to have flatter gradients should be more heavily marked. This is especially important on larger sites and catchments where much field time can be saved by allowing the poorest sites to be excluded and a list of the more promising sites to be drawn up. where steep slopes (i.e.2 AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY The procedure for using aerial photography is as follows: ¼ Area boundaries must be identified and delineated.5 Site selection and preliminary investigations 31 5 Site selection and preliminary investigations 5. Catchment areas – outlined from following hill crests and other features – are normally taken from maps as catchments may extend beyond the limits of available photography. availability of materials. land tenure issues. such as access. 5. the distance to the nearest power source and inundation of roads. bridges. 8 1:5 000 to 1:12 500 scale photos and 1:25 000 to 1:50 000 scale maps are most suitable for interpretation by eye and stereoscope. such areas should be given low priority. environmental concerns. the use of aerial photographs8 and large-scale maps can provide a useful assessment of the local topography and hydrological conditions before any field visit takes place. involves the conveyance of large quantities of water and.

or can be sited by discussing the above factors with local people. Low gradients can be deduced from natural features such as meandering streams and ox-bow lakes. and channel sections evaluated. Priorities can then be drawn up based upon the indications above and the following geographical points: ¼ Where one or more streams/tributaries meet the main channel. the more favourable sites can be located. from local topographic maps. There is no alternative to physically visiting each potential site. so it may not prove feasible at this stage. and with wider reservoir areas immediately upstream. this would result in a short embankment and large storage capacity. ¼ Where rock bars are found either in the river (for weir sites or centrespillway dams) and/or on the valley sides for safe spillways. as interpretation from the aerial photograph or map is only a tool for preliminary assessment. silt accumulations.3 FIELD VISITS Once the sites have been located. but again this will require field confirmation. if necessary. 5. or canal. the site may offer maximum storage. estimates of levels and gradients (a sufficiently accurate GPS or hand level will prove invaluable at this stage). The most favourable sites can then be determined and preliminary surveys carried out. revision of such estimates must be made in the field. Even for an experienced operator. The extent of the reservoir upstream of the dam (the throwback) can be assessed by eye from photos or. Streambed gradients. and any others that become apparent at the time. swampy areas. They are virtually essential on larger catchment areas where grass spillways are not advised. a field visit to the area can be organized to allow the most suitable site to be chosen. A rough reconnaissance of every site within the involved area including. borrow areas and foundation conditions. Assessing the slope is difficult without a knowledge of the area and experience in aerial photography interpretation. right-angled tributary junctions and large-contour conservation and drainage spacings in nearby cultivated land Once streamlines have been marked in. ¼ A desirable site is one that is close to where the water is required or that can allow delivery by gravity flow. will allow the relative merits of each site to be assessed. and estimates of dam height and length. ¼ Where sudden changes in streambed gradient (from flatter to steeper downstream) may indicate good storage potential and allow a free draining site to be chosen for the embankment. ¼ Where narrow channel sections exist for the dam itself. can be made from photographs using a parallax bar or from digital maps through appropriate software. low pressure pipeline. in the case of larger dams. . with checks on spillways.32 Manual on small earth dams A good dam site should have a catchment area that is not so big that an expensive spillway may be required but is also not so small that the yield from the reservoir is too low or erratic to be able to supply an economic area for any irrigation scheme.

. ¼ Measure9 the catchment area ‘A’ in km2. upstream of the proposed embankment. 5.5 Site selection and preliminary investigations 33 5. More advice on surveying the site for later design work is given in Section 6. in mm. Comparison of the various alternative sites is then possible. can often be estimated from contoured topographic maps of 1:50 000 scale.2. L is the length of the dam wall at full supply level (FSL) in m. ¼ Calculate the annual runoff for the catchment. For each site. based on the percentage determined above. in m and approximately in a straight line from the wall. This is ‘Rr’. Y.6 STORAGE CAPACITY At this stage. take the rainfall on a return period of 1 in 10 years as a guideline. is based on the expected annual runoff from a catchment and is an important factor in assessing the feasibility of a dam and in determining the required height of the embankment. ‘Y’. It is estimated as follows: ¼ Where the average percentage of runoff is not known. use. using a level/theodolite or accurate GPS equipment to take a line of spot heights across the profile (close to where the proposed embankment centre-line and spillway are estimated to be) and up the valley to provide indications of streambed gradient. The gradient is necessary to estimate the throwback of the dam and. in m3. Ignore any upstream dams (as these may already be full at the time of a flood event – often at the end of a rainy season – and thus offer no retardation of any flood moving downstream) and calculate the area of the whole catchment. 9 Use a planimeter for topographic maps or the appropriate computer software for digital maps derived from satellite imagery. T is the throwback. If more information is known. as a guide. is given by: Y = Rr x A x 1 000 5. a figure of 10 percent of the mean annual rainfall for the catchment area.4 PRELIMINARY SURVEYS The economic and design implications of each site can be determined from a brief preliminary survey. the survey must be sufficiently accurate and detailed to enable comparative estimates to be made for various heights of dam. this is worked out as follows: Q = LTH’ 6 Where: Q is the storage capacity in m3 and should not exceed Y above. The most economic height is usually calculated on the basis of cost per unit volume of water. The latter is important to allow the dam designer to size the dam to suit expected inflow and estimate the area that can be irrigated. ¼ The annual runoff for the catchment (the catchment yield in an average year). for larger dams on flatter gradients.5 CATCHMENT YIELD The catchment yield.

216 HL (2C+HS) Where: V is the volume of earthworks in m3.7 PRELIMINARY VOLUME OF EARTHWORKS The volume of earthwork can be estimated as follows: V = 0. reasonably accurate and if a general average figure is known for costs of earthworks. at FSL. if the slopes of the embankment are 1: 2 and 1:1. however. and is a simplification of reality. 5. therefore. either in the form of a cross-section survey at the centre line of the proposed dam or. more accurately and more time consuming (but more useful where comparison of similar sites is involved). either from an aerial photograph or a large-scale topographic map. a guide cost for the total embankment can be derived. at crest height H. in m (including spillway). H is the crest height (FSL+ freeboard) of the dam in m. is essential in the calculation of catchment yield and peak flood. it presents an idealized solution and as for the capacity formula should only be used at the preliminary survey stage.75. The formula is. 6 is a factor (conservative generally) that can be adjusted (to 5 or 4) with experience and local knowledge. This formula is based on areal equations for the cross-section and longitudinal section with the inclusion of an empirically developed adjustment factor. one is able to judge fairly accurately how an individual valley will compare with such an idealized picture and.75. S = 3. in m. S is the combined slope value. The formula considers the water volume to be an inverted pyramid with a triangular surface area (LT/2) and H’/3 for the height/depth. topographical factors and the shape of the catchment will be the main influences. All the above measurements can be determined by the use of a level or theodolite (or accurate GPS equipment) at the site. The capacity estimated in this way is accurate to within about 20 percent. With experience.34 Manual on small earth dams H’ is the maximum height of the dam. hydrological data (mainly rainfall and runoff). Again. 5. by a contour survey followed by a survey or estimate of the throwback. For both. to adjust the resulting conclusions. but it must be revised by a more detailed survey when the site has been approved for possible construction. For example.8 CATCHMENT AREA AND SPILLWAY DIMENSIONS Accurate estimation of catchment area. C is the crest width in m. The maximum design capacity of the reservoir is directly related to the catchment yield multiplied by a design factor that has usually been derived locally from the history of other . L is the length of the dam.

rock spillways are virtually essential. The grass cover condition will directly affect the channel’s roughness coefficient.e. If there is insufficient rock. However. These can establish a uniform low cover offering minimum resistance to flow and maximum protection to the soil beneath. where even normal flows are expected to constitute an erosion risk (i. On larger catchments (i. Maximum allowable non-erosive velocities are highest in grass spillways that have been planted to shorter creeping varieties such as kikuyu. except very rarely where other considerations. as a very rough guide at this stage and subject to re-assessment at the detailed design stage. In the case where a series of small dams is built in a catchment. if flow is expected to continue during the dry season and/or over a period of several months or more) a drop-inlet overflow spillway should be planned for and located at the opposite end of the embankment to the main spillway and at an elevation on the upstream side of the dam slightly lower (usually 50-100 mm) than full supply level. not only the area between it and the one above it. The ability of vegetation or soil to resist erosion is limited and maintenance of an even surface and uniform cover is very important. whether cut or natural.5 m freeboard for a dam on a catchment of around 5 km2 may prove suitable. advice from local engineers and experienced local people should be sought if hydrological data and/or design charts are not available. However. Estimations of peak flood are required for spillway design. the site should not be used for a dam. 10 Table 4 in Section 6. up to 5 km2) and low velocity flows (certainly below 1 m/s10) and even then may require continual maintenance throughout the life of the dam to prevent erosion from becoming too serious a problem. . A low flow will meet high resistance while a high flow will flatten the grass and thus meet much lower resistance. Grass spillways. the size of the catchment area for each dam should be taken as the total catchment area above the dam under consideration. or would prove too expensive. are to be taken into account. Therefore. a minimum width of 15 m at 1. greater than 5-8 km2) and rivers of a flashy nature. couch and star grasses. The stability of the channel as a whole will depend upon the stability of the most sparsely covered section and it is therefore wise to establish a good creeping grass cover throughout. it is advisable to move on to a better alternative site where spillway conditions can be met.e. which will in turn depend upon flow.5 Site selection and preliminary investigations 35 dams. good solid rock of adequate width must be available for all but the smallest dams and.e. are really only suited to small catchments (i. Dams should not be sited on catchments so small that they are unlikely to fill in an average year. the dimensions and physical characteristics of which are extremely important. The dam designer has to assume that the peak flood will occur when all the dams above are full and therefore will not have significant retardation or retention effects on the flood – this is most important for designing the spillway to safely pass the peak flood. such as the provision of essential water supplies. It is probable that more earth dams in southern and western African suffer problems through poor spillway design than for any other reason. If a suitable spillway of sufficient size is not available at a particular site.

the spillway is designed for a 1 in 10 000 PMF. well-vegetated slopes. A catchment with rocky or steep surfaces (and thus high runoff) of the same area will have higher peak floods than a catchment within the same climatological zone with flatter. 3. 5.10 CALCULATING THE PMF USING THE RATIONAL METHOD The procedure to follow in calculating the probable maximum flood using the Rational Method is: 1. Where the designer cannot use a hydrologist. Where other structures already exist in the catchment. in many countries. have little effect in ameliorating runoff and retaining flood water. ‘A’. natural or otherwise. therefore. However. where it is more important that the spillway is correctly and properly dimensioned. 25 or 50 years for small dams but it can be as high as 1 in 1 000 years for larger dams. in m. the Rational Method – based on catchment area and an assumed uniform rainfall intensity and runoff – is a useful tool for the estimation of peak floods on small catchments. On bigger dams and catchments. These are generally taken into account in the calculation of the ‘Time of concentration’. Other factors such as topography (especially the slope). measure the ‘actual length. ignore any flood reduction effects they may have as. in km2. Locate the dam or new site on the appropriate topographic map (1:50 000 scale is normally suitable for all but the smallest catchments) and draw on the catchment boundary upstream of the embankment centre-line. In the case of Kariba dam.9 PEAK FLOODS The peak flood is the probable maximum flood (PMF) to be expected from a catchment following a rainfall of estimated intensity and duration for a selected return period11 taking into account the hydrological characteristics of the catchment. climate. Estimate the elevation difference. l’. Using a planimeter measure the catchment area. for smaller dams and catchments. a long narrow catchment will have a greater time of concentration of flood water after a rainstorm than a broad catchment with the same characteristics and therefore produce lower peak floods from the same area. it is economic to study the hydrology. the engineer can rarely justify the cost of such an exercise and must resort to other means to safely estimate the PMF. Using a linear measuring wheel or similar device. between the dam site and the 11 Usually 1 in 20. are at full capacity and they will.36 Manual on small earth dams Spillway design dimensions are linked to the size and the character of the catchment. the maximum probable flood will occur at the end of the rainy season when all storage areas. unless this information is already available. the shape of the catchment and the vegetation cover may also require consideration. . upstream of the site and to the main river source. 2. topography and so on to arrive at reasonably accurate estimates of PMFs. of the main river/stream. For this manual it is assumed that the Rational Method will be used for most cases. Similarly. or detailed hydrological information is unavailable. ‘h’. The Rational Method is most appropriate for catchments under 15 km2 and requires the engineer to know the catchment area and the maximum daily rainfall. In many parts of the world information is not available or smaller streams are not gauged to allow estimation of such floods for spillway design purposes. in km. 5.

the runoff coefficient can be increased by up to 20 percent. estimate the one day storm rainfall. rainy-dry season climate with total precipitation rates varying between 450 and 850 mm and falling during the five or six cooler months of the year.87 L3/h)0. ‘Qp’. ‘R’. if a rainfall of 223 mm fell on a catchment area of 19 km2. In Zimbabwe. A contour map is essential for this and some extrapolation may be required where contour intervals are large. Always stay on the conservative side when using approximations or estimates for peak floods. Determine the time of concentration.385 5. eroded slopes. ‘P’. 6. 12 The return period is the flood recurrence interval for a selected discharge in a stream or river. The charts are based upon data and formulae tailored for central and southern African climates and topography. from the graph in Figure 6b and using the Tc determined above. the rainfall intensity and duration is that expected in a subtropical. 13 For larger more complex dams on larger catchments. Using a graph similar to Figure 6a. a very approximate peak flood estimate can be made by taking the highest daily rainfall figure for the catchment and assuming that all dams in the same catchment are 100 percent full. near populated areas).5 Site selection and preliminary investigations 37 main stream at its source. 2-4 m3/s per km2 of catchment area per 24 h period is a guide but this figure should always be adapted bearing in mind local topographic and climatic conditions. The Ministry of Agriculture. “Cr”. the Ministry of Water Development produces probable maximum flood tables based on a range of return periods from 1 in 25 to 1 in 10 000 years plus other information to safely and accurately size spillways. control the building of smaller. Determine the probable maximum flood (PMF). The procedure for using the charts is straightforward and they can prove an invaluable tool to the dam designer – engineer in that area. in m3/s. using the formula: Tc = (0. Derive the storm depth ratio. using: Qp = 0. larger catchments or dams where safety issues are more important (i. 8. . in hours.e. the ground is saturated and that 100 percent runoff will occur. in conjunction with its field staff and engineers and the Water Court. for the assumed return period using the graph in Figure 6c. for the selected return period12.278 A P R Cr/Tc Where no other data are available and figures such as 6a to 6b cannot be drafted. Calculate the extreme height channel slope as a percentage [100 h/(1 000 litres)] and estimate a runoff coefficient. although in most cases they are used with some modification based on local knowledge and experience. ‘Tc’. For example. the appropriate government departments. provide dam designers with charts to estimate spillway dimensions on small dams up to 14 m high on catchments up to 120 km2 in area and formulae and tables for medium dams on larger catchment13 areas. 7. estimate the mean annual rainfall for the catchment. 4. Use 1:20 to 1:25 year return periods for smaller catchments and 1:50 year return periods for larger dams. In Zimbabwe (and Zambia). From rainfall records or a rainfall distribution map. If runoff is known to be excessive. using accumulated meteorological and hydrological data. the estimated peak flood would be in the region of 49 m3/s over a 24 h period. such as on bare. farm-type dams in Zimbabwe and the charts are provided to farmers and agricultural extension workers to allow the calculation of dimensions of most spillways with a good factor of safety.

1 0 5 10 15 EXTREME HEIGHT SLOPE (%) Where data are available. coastal African locations and some North American and Australian environments. In all cases.3 0. the peak floods would be lower and the spillways that much smaller. Figure 6a .4 0. R 0. such charts and tables are by their nature generalized and should always be used with caution and.38 Manual on small earth dams For climates with less intensive rainfalls such as lower. it would not be difficult to draw up similar charts or tables and once peak floods are determined. the hydraulic parameters for estimating spillway widths and depths are available. Cr 0.4 0. Figure 6b .One day storm rainfall 6a ONE DAY STORM RAINFALL 260 240 220 ONE DAY STORM RAINFALL (mm).5 0. THIS EXAMPLE FOR SWAZILAND (LOW VELD AREA).9 STORM DEPTH RATIO.Runoff coefficient 6c RUN-OFF COEFFICIENT 0.7 0.6 0. be adapted to suit local conditions.1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Tc (HOURS) Figure 6c . P 200 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 5 10 20 50 RETURN PERIOD (YEARS) 800 MEAN 750 ANNUAL 700 RAINFALL 650 (mm) DETERMINE MEAN ANNUAL RAINFALL FOR LOCATION OF DAM. however.Storm depth ratio 6b STORM DEPTH RATIO 1. wherever possible.2 0.8 0.5 1 IN 50 YEAR RETURN PERIOD 1 IN 20 YEAR RETURN PERIOD 0. .2 0.0 0.3 RUNOFF COEFFICIENT.

The width and depth may have to be adjusted to suit the local topography and spillway bed material later in the design process. However.5 Site selection and preliminary investigations 39 Once the PMF has been estimated. 1. It is assumed that b is large when compared to D and that the spillway channel will thus be rectangular.75 m. losses to seepage and evaporation and dead storage. – Goats 3-8 litres/day. FAO can provide advice as well as locally based government and other organizations. This will. ‘D’ is the depth of the spillway at the crest and will comprise all or part of the design freeboard.75 m to 1. – Poultry 30 litres/day per 100 adult birds. The width ‘b’ is the minimum width for the spillway to accommodate the design flood.7 is generally used for spillways for small dams on small catchments. . – Sheep 2-6 litres/day. – Young stock 25-50 litres/day. for irrigation dams. ‘b’ is the minimum width (‘breadth’) of the spillway and is calculated by introducing the values for Qp (estimated using the options above) and D1. – Pigs 25 litres/day.5 m for small dams and comprises the total freeboard. ‘D’.7’ is a factor derived for concrete ogee type crests and can vary up to 2. it is wise to better assess the economic amount of water required from the dam.11 ESTIMATES OF STORAGE REQUIRED At this time.25 according to site conditions and factors of safety. comprise irrigation requirement.5 where b and D are in m and Qp is in m3/s ‘1.7 b D1. D is normally in the range 0. – Bee hive 2 litres/day. can be chosen.5. ¼ Environmental flows to release normal flows into the river or to comply with any legal requirements downstream. where wave action or backing up of floods may affect the dam. 5. ‘b’ can then be calculated and the best option for varying depths. This may have to be adjusted once the estimated storage for the dam chosen is calculated. As a guideline the following (assuming the animals are on dry pastures and good quality water is available) can be used: – Cattle 40-80 litres/day for each animal (milking cows may need 100 litres/day). ¼ Irrigation requirement can be calculated by multiplying the gross annual irrigation requirement per hectare by the area proposed. ¼ Other uses such as livestock water can be calculated by estimating water use for this. the spillway width can be calculated using the formula: Qp = 1. should be added to the figure above for safety reasons. other uses (livestock/domestic water). It assumes that there is no constriction downstream of the spillway. an additional ‘dry’ freeboard of up to 0. Once all the other values are known.

¼ Troughs are always recommended.40 Manual on small earth dams – – Camels Horses 30-40 litres/day. Slightly saline waters can be tolerated by animals (but pigs and poultry are most sensitive) but they will have higher intakes to allow a greater water turnover to regulate body salt balances. Annual rates of evaporation from dams in Africa can exceed 30 percent but for calculating water uses (i. where actual figures are not known. A minimum of 20-50 litres/day per person in more rural areas can be used if piped water supplies are not to be provided but consideration for increases in use should be made in areas where populations are high and levels of urbanization may increase. Add 10 percent to any calculated total for water use by wild and feral animals and add a further 10 percent if the water is higher in salt content than recommended. for a small dam than a larger dam and will offer an area in all dams for sediment to accumulate. Dams should be fenced off and no livestock allowed to drink directly from the reservoir or to damage the surroundings to the dam by overgrazing the catchment. It is at this stage the areas proposed under irrigation can be adjusted and any economic analysis made. ¼ Domestic water uses – opting for piped water supplies using filters or similar – can be calculated by determining the likely numbers of people who will use the dam for water and estimating total annual or dry season needs. a figure of 5 percent maximum of the total water stored can be used to estimate dead storage. dry season losses can be taken as 20 percent maximum. it is best to estimate that a well constructed embankment will lose about 10 percent of its water to seepage in any one year. Wind is also an important factor in dry areas. proportionally. pumping suction heads and positions of any outlets in the embankment. ¼ Evaporation losses can be calculated from local records noting that shallow large surface area reservoirs will have higher evaporation rates than narrow deep reservoirs. 40-50 litres/day. As all dams will seep. For design purposes. ¼ Dead storage is the amount of water retained in the dam that cannot be accessed. It will also be more. ¼ Seepage losses are always difficult to estimate before the dam is built and to calculate after the dam has been constructed. The dead storage will vary according to design. Once the above has been estimated the remaining amount available for irrigation can be calculated. . for irrigation).e. tracking in the immediate surrounds of the reservoir and wallowing in the reservoir itself.

Detailed design 6 .

5 m is satisfactory for small dams) – from aerial photography or satellite imagery using specialized stereo plotting and digitization techniques that. as is usual on smaller sites. From the contour map. one of three methods of ground survey14 below will be necessary: 14 High levels of accuracy are not required at this stage considering that elevations will later be affected by site stripping pre-construction. and to provide details for the location of the embankment. The aim of such a survey is to present.0 1. spillway and outlet works. the capacity of the reservoir can be assessed for varying dam heights. a contour map of the reservoir up to and exceeding the maximum flood level.2 CONTOUR SURVEY On very large sites it may be possible to draw up a contour map – at an interval suitable for the design (normally 0.Typical depth capacity curve 5. although expensive. on paper.0 2.0 4.0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 CAPACITY (m3 x 103) 6. Figure 7 . may pay for themselves in the time saved in avoiding groundwork. Often the depth-surface area curve (usually with a reversed scale) is added to these graphs.6 Detailed design 43 6 Detailed design 6. However. A depth-capacity curve can then be drawn up to provide a quick and easy method for the dam designer to choose the optimum full supply level. if this is not possible. A simplified example of a depth-capacity curve is shown in Figure 7. . the next step is to carry out a detailed survey of the valley and reservoir area to allow more accurate estimates of quantities and to provide the necessary data for design work to be undertaken.1 INTRODUCTION Once all preliminary investigations have been made and a suitable site has been found.0 FULL SUPPLY LEVEL DEPTH (m) 3.

to consistently use a reference reduced level of 100 (largely to avoid having negative . Alternatively. It is advisable. to find the capacity of a reservoir with a maximum depth of 3. it may be possible to take all the readings from one station. as follows: Fill in the reduced level column on the left-hand side of the sectional paper. 2. The embankment volumes are calculated. (3. A circuit of benchmarks is established and spot height observations with bearing.25 m) and A’ is the surface area in m2 (327 000 m2) results in a figure of 354 250 m3 and closely correlates with that already determined from Table 2. 6.25 m and a surface water area of 32. are made: (i) 30 ha at 3. for ease of working. Cross-sections Cross-section surveys are taken along various lines within the river valley(s) from benchmarks previously established. For smaller dams. For example.25 = 7 583 m3 Total capacity = 354 249 m3 A quick reference check using the formula: Q= H’ A’ 3 where H’ is the maximum depth in m.25 = 325 000 m3 (ii) 2 ha at 3. Levels are observed at set intervals and outstanding features (changes of slope in particular) are also noted. 3. the following steps.7 ha at 3.7 ha. extrapolating where needed. starting with the settled crest level on the top line.3 REVISED CAPACITY From the contour survey. reasonably accurate GPS surveys can be used to establish a network of elevation readings across the site. as in the example shown in Figure 8a. 6.4 REVISED VOLUME OF EARTHWORKS Method 1 Although this method is not as accurate as Method 2 it is useful for the relatively rapid calculation of volumes of a number of proposed dams for comparison purposes. Grid survey This is a simple and straightforward but time-consuming method.25 = 21 666 m3 (iii) 0. an estimation of the surface area of the reservoir can be made for the full supply and other levels. It is reasonably accurate in its estimates of quantities and subsequent costing of the proposed works.44 Manual on small earth dams 1. Also it may not be possible if the area is heavily vegetated and/or physically inaccessible. and if a theodolite or electronic instrument is used. distance and elevation are made from each station. Spot heights This is especially suited to larger areas. The approximate capacity of the reservoir can be assessed from Table 2 below.

75 m 19 166 38 333 57 500 76 666 95 333 115 000 134 166 153 333 172 500 191 666 383 333 575 000 766 666 958 333 4m 13 333 26 666 40 000 53 333 66 666 80 000 93 333 106 666 120 000 133 333 266 666 400 000 533 333 666 666 6m 20 000 40 000 60 000 80 000 100 000 120 000 140 000 160 000 180 000 200 000 400 000 600 000 800 000 1000 000 Depth of water at deepest point 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 Draw in the longitudinal section by accurately plotting ground levels against distance (on the upper scale marked crest length) and join these points with lines to show the cross-section profile of the valley. . values of w (i.5 m or 1 m cross section) commencing with the crest section and enter it in the appropriate column and line. and check by measurement.5 m 8 333 16 666 25 000 33 333 41 666 50 000 58 333 66 666 75 000 83 333 166 666 250 000 333 333 416 666 5.75 m 15 833 31 666 47 500 63 333 79 166 95 000 110 833 126 666 142 500 158 333 316 666 475 000 633 333 791 666 Depth of water at deepest point 2m 6 666 13 333 20 000 26 666 33 333 40 000 46 666 53 333 60 000 66 666 133 333 200 000 266 666 333 333 5m 16 666 33 333 50 000 66 666 83 333 100 000 116 666 133 333 150 000 166 666 333 333 500 000 666 666 833 333 2.5 m 18 333 36 666 55 000 73 333 91 666 110 000 128 333 146 666 165 000 183 333 366 666 550 000 733 333 916 666 3. Table 2 Approximate reservoir capacities (in m3) Reservoir area (ha) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 1m 3 333 6 666 10 000 13 333 16 666 20 000 23 333 26 666 30 000 33 333 66 666 100 000 133 333 166 666 4.e. working up to the crest. the mean width of each 0. This plotting must be carried out accurately as scaled dimensions are to be used in the calculations. Draw the cross-section of the proposed dam at its maximum height (i.25 m 17 500 35 000 52 500 70 000 87 500 105 000 122 500 140 000 157 500 175 000 350 000 525 000 700 000 875 000 3m 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 100 000 200 000 300 000 400 000 500 000 5.5 m 11 666 23 333 35 000 46 666 58 333 70 000 81 666 93 333 105 000 116 666 233 333 350 000 466 666 583 333 5. The spillway is not included. above stream bed) after settlement. Calculate.5 m 15 000 30 000 45 000 60 000 75 000 90 000 105 000 120 000 135 000 150 000 300 000 450 000 600 000 750 000 1. starting with the upstream toe on the left at zero (using the horizontal scale at the bottom and marked base width).6 Detailed design 45 values when referring to the crest height and to make any calculations above or below this reference level easy to work out) either for the highest or for the lowest point of the proposed embankment.5 m 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 30 000 35 000 40 000 45 000 50 000 100 000 150 000 200 000 250 000 4.e. along and down to the downstream toe.

0 43.5 1.0 1x18.0 3 2 1x43. The formula result should be much greater.0 1 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 WIDTH w (m) 35 40 45 48.0 317 286 271 232 194 160 133 106 63 31 11 9 25 1 522 2 434 3 116 3 480 3 589 3 600 3 392 3 127 2 079 1 131 440 392 118 1x4.216 HL (2C + HS) is likely to lead to quite a significant difference.5 47.5 29.Revised volume of earthworks (method 1) LENGTH l (m) 0 113 112 111 110 REDUCED 109 LEVELS AT 108 CENTRE LINE 107 (m) 106 105 1x33.0 18.5) = 0. Multiply each w by the corresponding l.46 Manual on small earth dams Measure carefully the values of l (i.0 36. add 10 percent to this total to include extra earthworks for settlement.e. and enter the result in the Volume column on the appropriate line.65 m3 2 VALLEY CROSS-SECTION-EARTHWORKS VOLUME DETAILS Spillway volume excluded w is mean width of x-section s is total value of both side slopes Comparison of this result with the result obtained from the formula V = 0. Finally. BANK VOLUME 294 m3 28 711m3 2 871 m3 31 582 m3 TRAINING BANK VOLUME V = hl (c+ hs) m3 2 where h = mean height l = length c = crest width s = slopes (1. the length of the longitudinal section to correspond with each position of w) and again enter it into the appropriate column and line.5 33. this should also be calculated using the formula shown and added to the total volume above.5 1 D/S FSL 11.5 11.5 1x25.5 m FREEBOARD 1x8.9x75 (3+ 0.5 5 4 1x36.5 m 10 9 RIGHT BANK 8 HEIGHT h (m) 7 6 LEFT BANK 1x29.9 m = 75 m =2m =3m TOTAL VOLUME SETTLEMENT 10% FINAL VOLUME V = 0. Figure 8a .8 1.5 40.0 2 1 U/S 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 3m 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 13 12 11 SPILLWAY CREST 13.5 15.5+1.5 1x11. . a general planning cost is required and this is calculated by using an estimated overall rate per m3 of earthwork that will include all of the items detailed in Table 3 in the next section. At the reconnaissance stage.0 m AREA OF LENGTH VOLUME OF CROSS wxhxl SECTION LONG SECTION l wxh (m3) (m) (m2) 4. Total this column to give the volume of the earthworks in the dam. If a training bank (to channel flows in the spillway to safe discharge) is to be constructed.5 22.5 1x15.5 104 103 1x40.5 25.5 102 101 1x47.5 1x22. and the height of the section h.8 8. but this is acceptable as the formula is used for calculating the total cost of the dam and not the earthworks alone.9x3) = 293.5 100 EMBANKMENT VOLUME 28 417 m3 TR.

5 m2 45 m2 0. height of section 1 m. list the main quantities and provide details of the .75 39. training walls and settlement and without the calculations. area of upstream triangle= (2/2) x 1 = 1 m2 ¼ downstream slope 1:1.75 36.75 11. Figure 8b .75.5 m 10 9 RIGHT BANK HEIGHT (m) 8 ‘h’ 7 6 LEFT BANK 28 m2 5 31 m2 4 3 38 m2 103 102 101 100 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 WIDTH w (m) 35 40 45 48.75 29. The cross-section is squared off as illustrated and each rectangle has its respective area calculated in a straightforward manner (i. height of section 1 m.75 15.75 317 286 271 232 194 160 133 106 63 31 11 9 25 1 506 2 502 3 184 3 538 3 637 3 640 3 425 3 153 2 063 1 139 437 389 117 1 m2 3.6 Detailed design 47 Method 2 Method 2 (see Figure 8b) is much the same as Method 1 except that the crosssectional area is calculated more accurately.5 m2 17 m2 20.75 43.5 1.75 m2 AREA OF LENGTH VOLUME OF CROSS SECTION LONG wxhxl SECTION wxh l (m2) (m) (m3) 4. The remaining triangular pieces which flank each rectangle have constant areas that are calculated as follows: ¼ upstream slope 1:2.75/2) x 1 = 0.75 25.75 22.0 m2 41. area of downstream triangle = (1.Revised volume of earthworks (method 2) LENGTH l (m) 0 113 112 111 110 REDUCED 109 LEVELS AT 108 CENTRE LINE 107 (m) 106 105 104 35 m2 2 1 U/S 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 3m 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 13 12 11 SPILLWAY CREST 13 m 0.5 m FREEBOARD 7 m2 10 m2 13.5 1 D/S FSL 11.0 m2 24 m2 0. 6. useful design drawings for implementing the works and for eventual tendering and award of contract.25 18. Standardizing these drawings is equally important and being able to present one sheet with sufficient data on it to explain the design.0m2 1.75 m2 2 1 0 EMBAKMENT VOLUME 28 730 m3 TR.75m2 1.75 8.5 DESIGN DRAWINGS It is important to provide comprehensive. length x breadth).5 m2 1.e.75 32. each cross-sectional area can now be estimated relatively quickly and the method of assessing volumes proceeds as in Method 1. BANK VOLUME TOTAL VOLUME SETTLEMENT 10% FINAL VOLUME 294 m3 29 024 m3 2 902 m3 31 926 m3 Spillway volume excluded w is mean width of x-section s is total value of both side slopes Finished versions of the method can then be presented on design drawings with allowances for over-excavation.25 46.875 m2 Therefore.

A list of quantities following the guidelines given in Table 3 can then be drawn up.. . Table 3 Quantities and costs of dam construction Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Description Site investigation Engineer fees Movement charge Clearing site Excavating cutoff/core Backfilling Embankment work Training bank(s) Spillway Topsoil return Trimming/tidying Other Unit Sum Sum Sum Hours m3 m3 m3 m3 m3 m3 Hours …. 6. Regardless of the design and its complexity or otherwise.6 ESTIMATED COST OF DAM CONSTRUCTION The costing of the dam can now go ahead. Quantity Rate Amount Subtotal Contingencies @ x% Total 6.7.7 OUTLET WORKS With any dam the major outlet work is the spillway. but other minor outlet structures may be required to release water for irrigation. Further drawings for more specialized aspects of the works can also be provided. all drawings should be of a high standard and be presented on quality paper as well as in electronic format. It has to be a permanent structure that will not erode and is located at a level that allows for the required water depth and freeboard ascertained at the site selection and investigations stage. Annex 1 has more details on this. Standard drawings in A3 format are provided in Annex 4 with examples of the more specialized drawings required.48 Manual on small earth dams location is essential.1 The spillway The spillway is the most important outlet and has to be designed to accommodate the anticipated peak flood. Should the dam (or dams) design and costing be prepared for tender or contracting to the private sector it is important that the details on costing for Table 3 and any engineer’s estimates remain confidential and be used as a guide in evaluating any bids or other proposals from potential contractors to construct the dam(s). trickle flows or other purposes. 6. with estimates based on either costs for dams already constructed in the same locality or rates provided by local contractors and or government departments.

The pipe.25 0. The guidelines assume that an earth spillway is level and grassed with good.15 0.00 1.60 0. Drop inlet overflows A drop inlet overflow consists of a pipe (or pipes) installed at the time of construction and set to an upstream level just below spillway (full supply) level. Always accept the more conservative value – to thus increase spillway width – where dimensions vary. must be carefully laid. Therefore. The main spillway can be reserved for flood flows and problems of gullying will thus be avoided (erosion may still occur as a result of floods.75 1.2 Other outlet works Trickle flow outlets are necessary where there would be perennial stream flow on grass spillways.50 0.60 0. true to line and level.35 1. This should only happen infrequently and can be treated accordingly).05 0. The trickle flow can be passed out of the dam by either a drop-inlet overflow in the embankment or a trickle flow channel in the spillway.6 Detailed design 49 Critical items are the entrance width ‘b’ (already discussed above and dependent on the peak flood). Guidelines to follow are presented in Table 4. be modified to meet the guidelines above.50 Calculations of minimum spillway width made for hydrological reasons should.20 0. as these will protect the earth spillway from the hazards of rills formed by a continuous low flow.30 0. at this stage. as illustrated (with inlet chamber) in Figures 9a and 9b. the pipe can either protrude directly from the wall (for smaller flows) or have an inlet chamber (for larger flows) located adjacent to the wall but designed to prevent vortexing and possible erosion of the upstream face of the embankment.50 1. mat-forming creeping grass. the outfall (dependent usually on ‘b’ – refer below) and the material the spillway will be constructed with and sited upon. For grass spillways. 6. It is of a diameter large enough to carry all but the flood flows. Table 4 Guideline discharges and velocities for earth dam spillways Type of surface Sand to sandy loam Sandy loam to sandy clay loam Sandy clay loam Light clay Heavy clay gravel friable rock Hard rock Max velocity (m/s) Flow depth (m) at spillway entrance Discharge (m3/s per m width) 0.75 0. Allowable flow velocities will depend upon depth of flow (and in turn affect the freeboard) and the floor material of the spillway. Steel pipes should be flanged and concrete pipes should have staunching rings (anti-seepage collars) to prevent seepage of water along the . ideally with a concrete or masonry sill to level the entrance and control velocities and erosion.7.60 1. Depending on the design discharge.30 0. the erosion hazard is an important consideration. this type of spillway should be horizontal at its entrance.00 0. This may involve the use of reinforced concrete for which a set of standard specifications and methods of construction are advised. It can have o a slight crossfall (but no more than 5 ) across the spillway and must have a safe outfall to return floodwaters to the stream.50 2.

‘44 gallon’ drums in concrete). The pipe should be laid in a trench cut in original ground on the valley sides before the embankment is built.50 Manual on small earth dams outside of the pipe.e. For known expected maximum stream flows the diameters of the pipe and its physical gradient can be selected from Tables 5a or 5b.Drop-inlet overflow Figure 9b . the minimum diameters of pipe are as follows: – 300 mm for very small catchments.Section of a drop-inlet overflow . If stream flows are not known. – 450 to 550 mm for catchments between 5 and 8 km2 (i. Figure 9a . – 375 mm for catchments up to 5 km2.

may require the construction of training banks (stone pitched if necessary) to guide the flood flows away from the steeper . an essential requirement will be a safe return to flow downstream of the embankment. Trickle flow spillways Where normal flows are small or a drop-inlet overflow was not installed at the time of construction. and occasionally rock spillways. See Figures 9a and 9b for D1 and D2. under negligible water pressure and are constructed of concrete or similar. drop-inlet. Grass. 6.6 Detailed design 51 Table 5a is based on a maximum flow velocity of 2 m/s or a maximum friction head loss of 2 m per 100 m of pipe. a trickle flow spillway can be constructed within the existing grass spillway(s).3 Training banks and spillway outfall Whether the spillway be grass. A concrete or masonry sill placed across the entrance and exit of the grassed spillway will also reduce risk of erosion as well as allowing for control of the full supply level in conjunction with a drop-inlet pipe. A well founded stone-pitched or brick-lined channel designed to carry average stream flow can avoid subsequent erosion of the main spillway.7. rock. For any spillway the avoidance of bends or constrictions to the channel must be adhered to. Table 5a – Guide to minimum dimensions of drop-inlet chambers and pipes Dimension D1 (mm) 300 500 600 1 200 2 000 3 000 Dimension D2 (mm) 300 300 500 500 1 000 1 600 Diameter D3 (mm) 100 150 225 300 375 400 Capacity (litres/s) 15 30 70 125 200 250 Table 5b – Gradient chart for drop-inlet overflow pipes Q (l/s) 1.5 3 6 9 12 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 150 75 320 80 100 1 470 370 90 Internal diameter of pipe (mm) 125 150 225 300 Approximate gradient required (1: … ) 1 210 300 135 75 50 375 400 800 350 200 130 80 1 750 1 130 700 350 280 180 1 600 1 300 830 400 325 210 1 300 1 070 690 300 170 2 300 1 800 750 450 Note: Pipes are assumed flowing full. or trickle flow. Maintenance (de-silting and repair works) may be required after major floods or at the end of each rainy season.

7. For drop inlet overflows the construction of a channel of brick or stone from pipe outlet should be sufficient and this can then be led to a safe dissipation point downstream. The pump(s) could be located on a raft with a flexible connection to a fixed pipe on the dam.8 THE EMBANKMENT The embankment is the principal part of the dam and certain guidelines in design and construction must be followed: the side slopes must not be steeper than 1:2 on the upstream and 1:1. excavation into the embankment is not recommended as this would create an area of weakness in what is meant to be a unified structure.e. or are likely to suffer erosion from cattle trampling or . the final width should be 1. (i. 6. stone or concrete crossings) from erosion by traffic should be constructed at the time of building the dam.4 Other outlets Where the expected flows are sufficiently small. Outlet pipes are often required where a regulated flow of water is needed and these will be of steel or concrete with a control valve installed. as a rule of thumb. The actual outfall should be designed to be non-erosive and. A maximum slope of about 5 percent for the return should be the goal and this should only be exceeded where rock is to be used for the return. The best option is to lay the piping beneath the embankment (even if high up on the bank) at the time of construction and it is important to ensure good rock or compacted soil foundation along its entire length. more than 3-5 m). the side slopes of the spillway should not exceed 25 percent and some protection (i. Where embankments are made of poor materials. Care must be exercised in leading the flow back to the streambed and usually a stone pitched.5 to 2 times the entrance width ‘b’ thus reducing velocities of flow to manageable levels. On rock spillways. With a siphon it is essential that the outlet be located at a level below that of the inlet when the water level in the reservoir is at its lowest.52 Manual on small earth dams slopes and the downstream toe of the dam. is permissible. or be positioned on a ramp that will allow them to follow water levels as they rise and fall to avoid too high suction lifts occurring (i. with provision for seepage collars or flanges every 4-6 m and the pipe laid on a bed of concrete and then covered by more concrete. If the dam is already constructed and an outlet pipe is required. The trench should be cut to size. as narrow as possible).e. as insurance.75 on the downstream sides. brick or concrete lined channel is required.e. some means of priming at the highest point may be incorporated in the pipeline. pipes leading through the embankment high up on one bank at full supply level may be used and will prove cheaper than a box inlet type overflow. The alternatives are either to pump from the upstream side over the embankment or to construct a siphon. Siphoning water over an elevation of more than 5 m is not advisable and it may be necessary to minimize the elevation difference by burying the pipe into the top portion of the embankment. 6. If farm machinery or other vehicles are expected to use the embankment and spillway as a road. downstream erosion that will not endanger the embankment or cause environmental problems and which will stop once the flow has eroded back to the rock. Examples of training bank and outfall designs are provided in the sample layout drawings in Annex 4. Siphons require careful construction to ensure all joints and valves are airtight and.

Anthills and solid rock outcrops should be avoided unless there is no alternative. The core will usually comprise the centre of the embankment (refer to zoned dams above) and be designed to reduce seepage to manageable levels. with treated ant heap material in well compacted thin layers. Excavation of any trench requires safety factors to be considered and. usually 4 m. in km. The overall freeboard height can then be calculated taking into account the wet freeboard. preferably with soil.9 FREEBOARD Freeboard for small dams should never be less than 0.75 times the height of the embankment.0 m preferred. that permits access.5 where H’’ is the freeboard height and F is the fetch which is the longest distance. Anthills should be completely excavated and the hole filled in. or. if poor material is encountered at the depth for finishing the excavation. the cutoff should be continued until good foundation is encountered. the slopes should be made flatter to suit the circumstances involved. additional freeboard may be required. H’’ (in m) = 0. H’’. .75 m to 1. as the cutoff can be excavated by hand or small machinery. cutoffs can be excavated by bulldozer or scraper and then will require a width. across the storage area (usually measured in a straight line from the centre line of the proposed embankment to the tailwater area of the proposed reservoir). To further ensure that the cutoff is constructed properly. (as estimated with the formula above) required to counteract wave action and the dry freeboard (estimated by the engineer) for safety and other factors. 6. Sloping or benched sides also permit easier compaction and improves the bond between the backfill and the existing ground. the supervising engineer should insist that the finished trench is inspected before backfilling commences. it need not exceed 2 m wide. Rock outcrops will require scraping down and key walls built into the embankment or core. benched or sloping sides or other measures may be required to reduce the possibilities of the sides collapsing.6 Detailed design 53 wave action. For designing small dams. the method of construction and taking into account the comments below. and especially for trenches being excavated by contractors.014 (F)0. This can be estimated using the following formula: Freeboard height.5 m with 0. Where wave action is likely. For larger dams. for deep trenches.10 CORE DEPTH AND THICKNESS Cores and cutoffs are expensive items in construction and should be designed to the minimum required according to the FSL. When using the latter guideline. The total freeboard is effectively the design depth for the spillway (at its entrance). 6. Depths of cutoff should be to good foundation (solid rock or impermeable subsoil layer) or to at least 0. It is very difficult to rectify cutoff problems once the dam is completed and the reservoir full of water so care must be taken in constructing this vital part of the dam and costs should not be compromised. as a last resort.

Always adopt the widest crest width possible (and flatter embankment slopes) where foundations or construction materials are suspect. countermeasures – such as filters.12 SETTLEMENT ALLOWANCE The embankment will always settle a little after construction and the finished crest should be given a settlement allowance that raises it above its design height at the mid-point by between 5 percent and 10 percent and tapering off to the spillway and valley sides.14 SEEPAGE Seepage is always a potential problem that should be considered at this stage and the designer-builder will have to bear in mind the permeability of the fill materials and of the foundation. the catchment characteristics and topography and whether road or other access will be required across the embankment. as a good grass cover is normally sufficient to protect the embankment here. The training banks should be long enough to divert water safely away from the downstream toe of the dam. However.11 CREST WIDTH The crest width of an embankment is selected taking into account the size of the dam. 6. the training bank material must be imported from borrow areas as excavation on the site of the natural spillway is not desirable. the type and design of any core or below ground cutoff within the embankment. drains. all crests should be given a 2. They should have the same proportions and crest level as the main embankment. depending on the climatic regime and likely flood flows. 6. 6. occasionally training banks may require stone pitching protection. Where natural spillways are to be used. If seepage is considered as a potential problem. the position and flow of groundwater at the site.54 Manual on small earth dams 6. To reduce erosion. and most appropriate to small dams exceeding 5 m in height. a standard crest width of 3 m can be adopted or the formula below can be used: Cw (in m) = 0. the embankment crest width should be designed to allow the safe passage of plant and equipment to be used in the dam construction and should be no less than 2 m wide.5 percent crossfall to drain rainwater to the reservoir via the upstream slope of the embankment. . and the use of drainage devices to collect and safely channel seepage water in the downstream section of the embankment. Similarly. the traversing of plant and vehicles over a natural spillway could lead to problems later in establishing a good grass cover on partially compacted soils and erosion in places where wheel tracks have been made. clay blankets and flatter side slopes – introduced at the design stage can reduce any risks to a minimum.13 STONE PITCHING AND TRAINING BANKS Stone pitching is usually not necessary. In all cases.4H + 1 where Cw is the crest width and H is the maximum height of the dam in metres. All earth dams will have some seepage and it is unrealistic not to expect this. Alternatively.

15 FILTERS AND DRAINS Filters are expensive and are not normally required for smaller dams. at the time of construction. The configuration of the filter zones. can safely bring seepage lines down to allow flow out from beneath the embankment. the filter is placed between the core and the downstream shell zone. ¼ In a zoned dam. conveys the water to the toe drains outside the embankment. In established dams. to safely take seepage away from the dam and relieve high water pressures within the embankment. . and filled with rock and gravel (the latter helping to limit the movement of finer embankment material into the drains) and continued to a collector drain network at least 3-5 m below the toe line. via one or more transverse drains. 15 Never less than 500 mm thick. Other measures to reduce seepage are blankets16 of impermeable material laid on the upstream face and a rock toe constructed to add weight to the structure (and assist in relieving pore pressure in the downstream section of the embankment). should be weighed against the loss of water before a clay blanket is installed. with a new cutoff. would always require seepage drains. Clay blankets can be expensive for larger dams and the option of perhaps less costly filters and drains. seepage drains can be excavated in the downstream shoulder to relieve water problems but results are always less satisfactory than for drains installed at the time of construction. The aim of all seepage ‘filter’ drains is to lower the phreatic surface (the ‘seepage line’) within the embankment to prevent water from emerging from the downstream slope where erosive and absorptive flows could cause slumping of the material and endanger the whole structure. A saturated downstream area can lead to instability and slippage. 500 mm thick for dams 3-5 m high and 750-1 000 mm thick for dams 5-8 m high. If this is significant it may deplete the volume of fill to the extent that the weight is insufficient to resist the forces exerted on the embankment by the water pressure in the reservoir and from beneath the dam. A longitudinal ‘chimney’ drain of gravel material that collects the intercepted seepage flow and carries it to the base of the chimney and. possibly. however. or a homogeneous dam on an impervious foundation. a downstream fill material of fairly low permeability. 16 300 mm thick for dams up to 3 m high. Trenches dug into the subsoil beneath the downstream face and toe. Such drains are essential when seepage risks are considered high – for example. Figure 10 illustrates a typical clay blanket laid. a new dam with poor foundation. will depend upon the type of embankment: ¼ In a modified homogenous dam. on the upstream face of an existing dam or. Partial or complete failure may then result. extending from the cutoff/core trench boundary to the edge of the downstream toe and then taken to safe discharge by the toe drains. the filter is generally placed as a blanket15 of sand and fine gravel on the downstream foundation area.6 Detailed design 55 6.

Clay blanket and new cutoff 6. Fencing the dam and reservoir may be required to prevent access to the embankment and reservoir. Advice on drainage from an expert is always recommended as the capacity and spacing of drains and the ratio of coarse to fine materials in the filters can be important. Conserving the catchment before works commence to allow vegetative cover to become well established and thus reduce sedimentation can be considered.16 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES It is at this stage that any environmental impact-assessment reports should be completed and any works required to mitigate such impacts be designed and costed. . Even if an environmental impact assessment is not required. For small dams impacts are usually correspondingly small and may not require significant works. sand filters and stand pipes under gravity pressure) will reduce access to the reservoir by people and livestock. Provision of drinking water supplies downstream of the dam (using pipes under or through the embankment and simple.56 Manual on small earth dams More details on seepage and countermeasures can be found in FAO guidelines on small dams and weirs in earth and gabion materials (FAO. at the design stage for any new dam. wells and hand pumps in the same area may prove suitable and allow local people access to water that may otherwise be lost to seepage. Alternatively. consider the need for environmental flows and releases from the dam – usually in the dry season – to maintain the downstream watercourse in as natural condition as possible. 2001). Where this is not possible and to reduce the incidence of shistosomiasis. Figure 10 . Including a small percentage of the total cost in the bill of quantities and costings (under other works) may suffice to cover any likely costs. malaria and other water-borne diseases by keeping grass cover around the reservoir and in flowing channels to a minimum (including regular cutting). raising and lowering reservoir levels and removing the possibilities of standing water in and around the dam will help.

accommodation and parking. For borrow areas it can prove difficult to restore them to their original condition but infilling them with waste material from the dam reservoir area and then topsoiling and grassing them will mitigate much of the negative impacts.6 Detailed design 57 Much of the above should become the responsibility of the communities benefiting from the dam and a programme of education (incorporating health and sanitation) on the use of the dam and its resources should be initiated at an early stage in the design/construction process. clearing areas for storage. It should be part of any contract for the contractor to remove and store the topsoil of any area to be disturbed and then return such topsoil to the site to allow normal vegetation to re-grow and prevent any subsequent erosion. access roads) and such works should be kept to a minimum. Dam construction disturbs the landscape around the dam (excavation. Involvement of the beneficiaries in any remedial or mitigation works (under any community contribution to the overall works) also engenders a sense of responsibility in using and maintaining the water resource provided. Alternatively. converting any such pits to fish ponds can be considered (and the pits can be excavated at the time of construction with this eventual aim in mind). .

Dam construction 7 .

as pegs have to be offset from the toe peg or centre line at every construction level. For each change in ground level a ‘mating’ peg (see Figure 11a) should be established by level or GPS on the opposite side of the valley. the pegs will serve a dual function. When all the pegs have been installed.e. The centre-line pegs should be installed at the ends of the embankment and at every change in ground level. If this is not done at this stage the process can become very tedious and time consuming. all the ramifications of the project can be discussed with the client and/or plant operator so that any risk of error and opportunity for misunderstanding are minimized and use of equipment and efficiency maximized. A 15 m interval between pegs is desirable and each should show the depth of the excavation required. . a good distance from where construction will occur. pegs are located where the spillway cut (if any) begins and ends and additional pegs are placed in an arc along the sides of the spillway channel (see Figure 11b). On the spillway side.1 SETTING OUT THE DAM SITE This should be completed immediately prior to the start of construction to avoid unnecessary ground clearing and the loss of pegs and benchmarks. and a full pegging layout drawn up. For very small dams (i. note being made of the slope within the spillway itself (usually 1:400) needed to encourage flood water to flow away from the training bank and end of the embankment. H + 0. the distances of the toe pegs upstream and downstream are calculated and set out at right angles as in Figure 11b. but still on the centre line. If the original benchmark(s) is (are) not satisfactory another should be established on a permanent site within easy reference distance. it is advisable to make an extra allowance of 10 percent on the height of the embankment for future settlement.7 Dam construction 61 7 Dam construction 7. the dam centre line must be re-established with additional and substantial reference pegs.5 Cw Where: S H is the slope value is the height of the embankment (m) including 10 percent allowance Cw is crest width (m) Pegs will be required to indicate the core and crest. less than 5 m high) it is common to add a settlement allowance to the top of the embankment at the end of construction. The toe peg offset distances from the centre line are calculated using the formula: Offset distance (m) = S. At each peg on the centre line of the embankment. installed at each end of the centre line. Should the original site survey pegs become lost. Unless it is a very small dam. If the core is central and has the same width as the crest.

Pegging layout .62 Manual on small earth dams Figure 11a .Mating pegs Figure 11b .

e. where plant or fuel is not available.2 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT Consideration of what plant and equipment is available. and require a tractor of around 40 KW minimum power to pull them. are the most important factors in determining the plant and equipment to be used. Bulldozers are not generally recommended as they make it difficult to achieve the levels of compaction and layering essential in any earth embankment. Therefore. It will take up moisture more easily and become more nearly saturated with consequent loss of strength and impermeability. construction by wheeled tractor or crawler drawn dam scoops will be sufficient and. one unit would move about 15 m3/hour. Even tractor drawn scoops are slow and the time element in construction must be considered before a decision to build a dam is made. Considering a typical site with a turn around time of four minutes. with the most popular being 1 m3. when farm equipment is to be used on a dam site.6 for more detailed information on this. it is found that the greatest shear strength is generally attained at moisture contents lower than saturation. the material becomes too soft and the shear stresses imposed on the soil during compaction are greater than the soil’s shear strength. up to heights of 2 m. For most farm dams. A high degree of compaction will increase soil density by packing together soil particles with the expulsion of air voids. Reference should be made to Section 8.7 Dam construction 63 7. Very small dams made of impermeable material. a material compacted in this condition will have a higher percentage of air-spaces than a comparable soil compacted wet. shorthaul distances are involved and construction rates are particularly economic. Working an average of eight hours a day one unit would thus take 83 working days under ideal conditions to move the material involved in the construction of a dam with 10 000 m3 of earthworks. as well as size and type of dam to be built. The latter are most suitable for smaller dams and. although they make for a relatively slow process. so that compaction energy is dissipated largely in shearing without any appreciable increase in density. If the soil is too wet.5 m3 to 2 m3.3 COMPACTION EQUIPMENT AND TECHNIQUES The compaction of soil is essential to increase the shear strength of a material to achieve high levels of embankment stability. Heavy earthmoving machines – such as elevating scrapers and push loading scrapers are not really necessary for small dams unless time is an important factor. often before the next rainy season) without interfering with other farm activities such as land preparation and cultivation. the conditions of operation and distances materials are to be moved. can be successfully constructed by bulldozers (calling for settlement allowance of up to 20 percent). . 7. scheduling is of paramount importance if the dam is to be constructed within the time period allowed (i. costs are minimized and an excellent degree of compaction is obtained through the movement of the cattle across the core and embankment. If the soil is too dry. ox-drawn dam scoops can be used to construct the embankment. Comparing the shear strength with the moisture content for a given degree of compaction. Dam scoops range in capacity from 0.

Sheepsfoot rollers are more effective than other rollers in compacting drier clay (but will require more passes) and will churn and blend the soil which is useful in distributing water throughout the construction surface when borrow pit irrigation is not possible.64 Manual on small earth dams A damp soil. properly layered and compacted with a minimum of air voids also reduces the tendency for settlement under steady and repeated loading. It is important to keep these rollers clean as soil collecting between the feet will reduce compacting ability. trench work and similar. behind concrete and around pipe work. In dam construction their usefulness is usually limited to small-scale work such as narrow cutoff compaction. vibratory and smooth wheeled rollers (ideally for sandy soils) can work with layers up to 200 mm thick and obviously are preferable where large quantities and widths require compaction. about 150 mm after compaction) and satisfactory densities can normally be obtained with 6-12 passes at a roller speed of 3-6 km/h when the soil moisture content is right. It is also more economic than adding water to the construction surface and often assists working of the soil by the excavators.1 Rollers Sheepsfoot rollers can compact layers of soil up to 200 mm deep gross (i. . following correct compaction techniques is probably as important as choosing the correct materials. In dam construction. soil type and quantity of water applied) before excavation will assist the development of uniform moisture contents in the earth fill materials. Vibrating rollers are more suited to the compaction of sandy soils and where resulting very high densities are required. borrow pit irrigation always results in a more uniform distribution of water in the soil to be compacted. Farm machinery (e. However. Time is saved on the embankment by avoiding having to water the surface between layers. ¼ Always adopt compaction techniques that will reduce the gross depth of any layer by at least 25 percent. Rammers and plates have much the same application and are used where space is a limitation and in specialized work such as trenches. and at the same speed.e. tractor tyres filled with water following a staggered track or small rollers) and hand methods are usually only sufficient to successfully compact layers 75-100 mm deep. Smooth wheeled rollers are more efficient at reducing air-spaces and continue the compaction of lower layers of the embankment through new layers to a greater extent than comparable sheepsfoot rollers. On similar layer depths. Heavier plant such as sheepsfoot rollers (ideal for clayey soils). 7.3.g. Judicious planning with ripping and ploughing of the borrow area before irrigation and allowing the water to soak in over one or more days (depending on climate. Where laboratory analysis is not available the following guidelines should be adhered to: ¼ The soil to be compacted must be damp but not too wet and it must be layered along the full length of the embankment in depths appropriate to the equipment used. a smooth wheeled roller would probably require slightly fewer passes to obtain similar soil densities when compared with sheepsfoot rollers. ¼ Where soil moisture content is low.

4. It is important to check this by survey every few months in the first years of operation to ensure over. grass roots and topsoil must be removed. if conducted close to the embankment. if possible.5 SETTLEMENT As the dam settles. 7.4 SITE CLEARING AND PREPARATION 7. a visual or rough physical assessment may suffice. the layers of clay should be reduced in gross depth and final surfaces roughened (by harrowing or similar) to permit a good bonding between compacted layers. Compaction of the core and cutoff trench is important and the amount of compaction required in all sections will vary from site to site according to the soil quality. For smaller dams.settlement does not occur. If this does occur. Generally. 7. Soils of around 20-30 percent clay are ideal as core material and those of lower percentage clay for the upstream shoulder. The core and cutoff trench require good quality clay. the crest should fall close to horizontal. If a sheepsfoot roller is not available to compact such soils. The high percentage organic material top layer must be removed and put to one side for future use. grass. care must be used to make sure that permeable layers are not exposed by the removal of impermeable soil above.or uneven. Although borrow areas within the proposed reservoir are desirable. as this process. Once the trees have been removed (by hand usually) the dam scoop or scraper can be used to remove about 100 mm of top soil which can then be left in a position from which it can be later retrieved to dress the completed embankment or other disturbed areas. no excavation should occur nearer than 10 m from the toe of the embankment.2 Borrow areas Borrow areas should have been demarcated according to usefulness some time previous to the start of construction with. the downstream shoulder poorer and coarser material (drainage is important) and the upstream shoulder a clay soil of some impermeability. 7. Excavated soil (from the borrow pit) must be frequently monitored to check that its quality and moisture content has not changed and that it is still suitable for emplacement in the embankment.7 Dam construction 65 the latter often prove more appropriate in use for dam construction as their lighter weight and versatility allow them to be pulled by farm machinery on a variety of surfaces. remedial measures (filling by topsoil and grass is usually sufficient) will be required to restore the crest to its design level. If poorer and/or coarser soils are to be used. On clay soils. some increase in the settlement allowance considered at the setting out stage may be necessary.1 Base of the dam All trees and roots. analysis of soil samples being undertaken by a local soils’ laboratory. smooth-wheeled rollers can form seepage paths between layers of soils laid on the embankment. Also. could lead to seepage problems later.4. drier and lower clay percentage soils require more compaction and vice versa. . In most cases this increase should not be more than 15 percent overall.

The best clay soil should be used and compacted in layers no more than 75-100 mm thick (50-75 mm is best). throughout the length of the trench. unless unavoidable.7. Where a cut is required it should be kept to a minimum and. backfilling can occur. special compaction. Other requirements such as coffer dams. Any large volume spillway cut should be done at a time when the excavated material (if suitable) can be included with the material being moved to construct the main embankment or reserved to fill in borrow pits. the cutoff trench excavation can stop only if the material encountered is not of a coarse or gravelly nature (as often occurs in streambeds). An assessment of the site condition. In all cases the movement of machinery over the spillway area should be minimized to avoid over compacting the existing soil.1 The core/cutoff trench As this is the most important part of any embankment. Short cuts taken at this stage can prove costly later and seepage through the embankment can become excessive if the correct depth into the correct material is not achieved. Width and depth should have been determined at the design stage. If an impermeable layer of sufficient thickness has not been reached and the trench depth is to the required 0. If the latter does occur. to allow the work to be carried out efficiently.75H. great care is necessary in the excavation. 7. over cut will be necessary.6 SPILLWAY Natural spillways are generally best for all earth dams but often some degree of cut is required to obtain the necessary design slopes. the excavation should be checked to ensure that the conditions above have been complied with. dewatering equipment and safety provisions in the trench should be considered before excavation starts. at the design stage would allow such special provisions to be included in the cost estimates.7 CONSTRUCTING THE EMBANKMENT 7. Width (2 m minimum) will often depend on the equipment used in the excavation and also on the size of the dam. Although compaction can be achieved by staggered wheel tracks (if tractors are used. If permeable material is found it is vital that the cutoff is taken through it to a depth sufficient to find more impermeable material. If rock is located and is generally good. A little extra time and care in the excavation of the core is usually worthwhile. the additional depth being required because good quality topsoil and grass cover will have to be placed once the desired profile has been attained. should not involve complete removal of the topsoil. fill the tyres . Before backfilling.66 Manual on small earth dams 7. Smaller volumes of cut material can usually be included in the training bank. it is permissible to fill any cracks or fissures with compacted clay or mortar. establishing track ways (which could lead to erosion later) and destroying any existing grass cover. Once the excavation has been checked and found satisfactory. for example to ascertain groundwater levels. fill and use of material. The minimum depth necessary will depend on site conditions but in all excavations the cutoff trench must be taken down to good quality impermeable material such as clay or solid rock or to a minimum of three-quarters of the dam’s crest height. provided they can be fully cleaned and traced to ensure seepage paths will not develop later.

the embankment can be constructed. since it is difficult to obtain the same compaction levels and cohesion as in the original structure. For broader cores. When the embankment is at the correct height it must be surveyed to check in particular that the crest has been built slightly convex with more soil laid in the centre where the most settlement will occur. graders or labourers with shovels and rakes may be needed. keys are required in the existing face to reduce the formation of slip surfaces between the older and newer material. although the slope may be corrected in this way the stability of the dam is never as good as it should be. 7.2 Embankment Once the cutoff has been brought up to ground level. it may be more desirable to use hand labour and tamping devices (75-100 mm diameter wooden poles are usually sufficient). Ant heap material or cracking clays are not recommended for core filling but if the former is used it should be chemically treated and in all cases kept as far as possible below the ground level sections of the core (which should remain wet throughout the year). At stages determined by the designer/supervisor. In the latter case. the embankment as constructed should be surveyed to check that the slopes conform to design limits. The core is continued up through the centre of the wall as the other sections are placed. it may prove prudent to construct the cutoff some time before the rest of the dam (i. especially at the beginning of the work when operators and other staff are more prone to make mistakes. If there is any variation. The embankment can proceed with careful and continuous monitoring of the soil types being used to check that the right soil is placed in the appropriate section. rectification is more difficult as. during the previous dry season ensuring the works are protected from erosion). remedial measures will be necessary: ¼ If the slopes are too flat a berm could be constructed to allow an overall slope closer to the design. Because of the width involved. The removal of the soil from the borrow areas can be assisted by ripping or irrigating the area involved (avoid over-watering which could lead to traction problems). If necessary. The latter is especially desirable for core and upstream sections where the soil. may be more readily compacted. to obtain the high levels of compaction required. before earth can be placed to flatten the slopes.7.7 Dam construction 67 with water). The crest should have a slight . no layer should exceed the recommended depth and. if the tractor/scraper operative proves incapable of maintaining such a standard. As mentioned. ¼ If the slopes are too steep. Guide boards and pegs can assist at this time with boards cut to the correct angle to be laid on the slope with a spirit level or plumb bob to show horizontal or vertical. and usually because of time limitations. Water bowsers or irrigation equipment may be useful in assisting compaction. or towed equipment (where thicker layers are permissible). It is better therefore to avoid such problems by careful and frequent monitoring of the structure as it takes shape.e. if used wet. sheepsfoot rollers or vibrating compacters may be more economical. hand compaction may not be feasible and other methods will have to be used.

wiring of the topsoil and vegetation may assist in re-turfing with suitable sods in any holes that occur. Any rills or gullies filled in and replanted with grass before the situation becomes too advanced.68 Manual on small earth dams slope (crossfall) towards the upstream side of the embankment to permit the safe drainage of rainwater to the reservoir rather than the downstream slope. stone pitching or concreting of the end of the embankment and one or both sides of the spillway channel may be necessary to reduce the risk of erosion. Either way. The spillway should be checked to prove the design slopes were adhered to. Where soil and grass cover are difficult to establish. Manuring and irrigation may prove beneficial. special protected pathways for watering livestock should be provided to keep animals well clear of sensitive areas. If large flood flows occur. or are expected. Over the next few months. in some cases. particularly at the early stages. should be of good quality topsoil so as to encourage rapid and dense grass growth. the embankment should be rechecked to assess settlement and to allow the placement of soil at any sections that settle to below horizontal. is established on both the embankment and the spillway before the likelihood of heavy rains. If erosion does occur. After any heavy rainstorm the dam should be inspected. . much time and effort can be saved by prompt remedial action. This could mean constructing most of the spillway before work on the embankment itself starts. and on any spillway cut sections. and finally after one year. the last soil layers to be laid on the embankment. It is very important that good grass cover. ideally at the end of the previous rainy season when water for establishing grass is available. preferably of creeping grass type. To minimize erosion caused by people and animals the embankment should be fenced and gated and.

Special cases 8 .

4 m high. Some investigation will be needed to ascertain that the rock extends to a depth great enough to act as a cutoff to seepage that may occur. Once proved suitable.1 INTRODUCTION With specialized technical advice and supervision. if equipment is available. there are one or two items whose importance must be stressed. It is better if the rock width is greater than the required base width. The rock on which the embankment is to be built must be solid throughout its length (minor cracks should be traced. at regular intervals. to the design width. Anchor bolts or cutting of a trench into the rock. the core can be placed first to a height exceeding 0. earth embankments can be successfully constructed on sites that are likely otherwise to cause difficulties. the height of the embankment should be kept to the minimum commensurate with the water storage required. The key wall should not be 100 percent solid. by hand. but should have. A low and wide key wall is then constructed along the proposed dam length (usually at or near the centre line) to minimum dimensions of 0. cleaned out and filled in with concrete) and be of a width sufficient to provide a good base for the wall. The central core of the embankment is to be beside and on top of this key wall and it is usually necessary to place the initial layers each side of the wall. The construction of such a dam is straightforward and many of the procedures described previously are involved. stone or concrete are placed. Alternatively. If it is considered that the risks and extra expenses involved are worth taking. 8.5 m and then a central section of 0. but this is not absolutely necessary for a successful dam to be constructed. the best clay soil available should be used and laid in layers. . careful ramming and/or rolling. placement can follow using machinery and the embankment’s construction can proceed as already outlined.6 m wide and 0. If civil engineering advice and expertise are not available. small gaps or pipes that will allow passage of seepage water through it without significantly affecting its structural abilities.2 EARTH EMBANKMENT ON ROCK FOUNDATION In some cases – and where there is no risk of the embankment sliding on the rock surface – an earth embankment may be cheaper than a masonry dam or weir. However. the rock foundation is prepared with a cement wash (cement and water mixed to a cream consistency) to assist anchorage. the rock should be cleared of all weathered or loose material. will be of assistance. dams can be constructed on problematical sites by following the normal procedures already outlined but modifying them to suit each particular site. Immediately before the bricks.6 m wide excavated from it to the rock and the key wall constructed within this trench.8 Special cases 71 8 Special cases 8. Following normal procedures. 50-75 mm thick and well compacted by wetting. Once the core has reached to above the key wall.

if founded on less rigid material. To improve the impermeability of the embankment. can be constructed from gabions (see details in the FAO publication on small dams and weirs in earth and gabion materials (2001)) with headwalls each side to key the spillway into the earth embankment. 8. Puddling of the reservoir floor immediately upstream of the dam. the coarser material should be laid on the downstream side of the core.72 Manual on small earth dams If settlement of the embankment is likely to be significant or of a nature that could cause cracks in the key wall (differential settlement can lead to a rigid structure being deformed to such an extent that fractures occur).25 or 2. 8. .5 MASONRY CENTRE SPILL DAMS Masonry centre spillways are normally required when there is no alternative but to spill floodwater over a central portion of the dam. ant heap material can be considered only as a last resort and must be treated before and during backfilling. This is usually associated with poor soils and poor compaction in the embankment or in the cutoff/core and remedial measures can be put in place that will reduce seepage to manageable and safer levels. are recommended.25-1 m thickness should be laid on the upstream side of the core (refer to Figure 10). 8. an embankment can be constructed safely.3 EARTH EMBANKMENT USING POOR EARTHWORK MATERIAL If good clay soils are not available. The core should be placed using the most impervious material available. a clay blanket of 0. The embankment itself should be designed with as flat a slope as can be economically entertained. Once a dam has developed seepage problems such as this it must be regularly checked – installing piezometers to measure phreatic levels in the embankment is recommended – to assess whether seepage is being controlled and whether more problems are developing.5 for the upstream. Throughout the dam’s life continual inspection and maintenance is necessary. Dirty water seeping from the downstream face is an indication that soil material is being eroded within and being carried from the embankment. if certain modifications to the design are made. and if so how important they are. and should be kept as full of water as is possible. As is normal. More details on measures to reduce seepage and improve drainage are provided in Finishing Works. and gravel drains and filters placed on the downstream side. especially in the first few years after the remedial work has been completed. If it is likely that this material is to be used the dam owner should be advised that the embankment should not be allowed to dry out or fill up too quickly. Fencing mesh or reinforcing wire placed in the wall is usually adequate.4 AN EXISTING EMBANKMENT WITH SEEPAGE PROBLEMS Excessive seepage from a dam can indicate serious problems. For most farm dams the centre spill structure can be a gravity weir founded on rock and constructed from masonry or concrete or. some form of reinforcing is advocated to strengthen the structure. Cracking or swelling clays may be used but it is advisable to mix them with coarser soil as all that is required of a core material is that it has sufficient clay in it for binding and rendering the mass as plastic and as impervious as possible. but no steeper than 1:2 for the downstream face and 1:2.

Exterior face of typical battered headwall An example of a suitable headwall is shown in Figure 12. garden irrigation and domestic uses. For larger dams. bulldozer dams can provide cheap and useful ways of storing small quantities of water for such purposes as stock watering. .Inside face of typical stepped headwall Figure 12b . Spilling must be done on to rock or into an energy dissipater (a stilling basin) and suitable provision made downstream to counteract any erosion risks in the streambed. 8.6 BULLDOZER DAMS Although not recommended as sound and long-lived structures. River training through use of stone-pitched or concrete channels and gabions may be necessary in extreme cases. water planting. fish farming.8 Special cases 73 Figure 12a . civil engineering advice should be sought to ensure the stability of the centre spill structure.

If dry season water supply is essential. from the reservoir side only. ¼ Each layer is compacted using the best means available (i. ¼ The side slopes must be no steeper than 1:2 and flatter is better. as this is likely to be costly. labourers using poles.74 Manual on small earth dams The use of bulldozers to push up a wall of soil across a watercourse is not advised. A spillway is always needed for these dams unless they are expected to fill from seepage or directly from rainfall as ‘dewponds’ in the United Kingdom and ‘haffirs’ in Ethiopia and Eritrea. cattle. and with the long axis of each stone at 90 to the ground surface. to reduce risks of endangering the dam’s stability. correctly sized and placed. For the latter. stone pitching or gabions. Maintenance is a continual issue with bulldozer dams. especially after heavy early rains or floods. it may be more feasible to stone pitch or put rip-rap.). this can be kept to a minimum. In any case. 8. is well grassed and the end of the embankment and the toe of the dam protected from erosion by rip-rap. etc. or evaporation rates are high. tractor tyres full of water.7 DAMS IN LOW RAINFALL AREAS Where. The embankment itself can be stone-pitched but. but with regular inspection. may suffice unless streamflows are high. The spillway should be stone-pitched throughout with large stones. It is important that this spillway is truly horizontal at the embankment. excavation of the deepest part of the reservoir to produce a total depth of four or more metres may be worthwhile.e. installed in a trench on one side of the dam at a suitable elevation (0. ¼ The foundation must be well compacted and should have key trenches excavated if necessary.5 to 1 m below full supply level). it is not possible to establish and maintain grass cover on the spillway and embankment. A small pipe. an emergency spillway on one bank may be required. because of low rainfall. Any spaces between stones should be filled with soil and planted with suitable creeping grass. ¼ Earthworks’ material is pushed by bulldozer. and spread over the complete length of the dam in layers up to 150 mm (less is better) thick. other measures to prevent erosion should be taken. on areas of high risk such as the ends of the embankment and areas likely to be affected by . Any correctly built bulldozer dam should follow the procedure below: ¼ Maximum height 4 m. ¼ The foundation area must be cleared of all organic material and topsoil to a maximum depth of 150 mm. The keying of such embankments to boulders or anthills is not recommended as the boulders are likely to provide poor anchorage and have attendant seepage problems and anthills will lead to termites moving into the dam to cause major problems after a few years. ¼ Minimum base width (for this 4 m height) of 20 m and including a crest width of 3 m. well wedged 0 (refer to Figure 3). excavation should not take place nearer than 10 m from the upstream toe of the dam and well clear of any spillway section.

by calculating factor k and including it in the equation Q = kH3. Again. if: old H’ =10 m and (H’)3 = 1 000 old Q = 200 000 m3 k = (H’)3 = 200 Q Therefore if: new H’ = 15 m Using the above formula: new Q = 200 x 3 375 = 675 000 m3 .8 Special cases 75 wave action. the new Q can be readily determined without recourse to time consuming and occasionally difficult survey methods. For example. Irrigation of the spillway and embankment before the rainy season to encourage creeping grass growth between the stones should be advised where possible. At the design stage it may be necessary to adopt flatter slopes to facilitate this. regular inspection and maintenance of such dams is necessary if their lives are to be maximized and repair work is to be minimized. and then to place loose stone and rock on the rest of the embankment. in the case of a raised dam it may be possible to use the formula Q = k(H’)3 if the following is known: 3 Then. the formula Q = H’ A’ can be used.8 ESTIMATING CAPACITY IN A RAISED DAM The capacity of a new dam or a raised dam can be estimated using survey methods and the formula: Q = LTH’ 6 Where aerial photos are used and the reservoir surface at full supply level is calculated and the deepest point known. 3 However. 8.

Finishing works 9 .

at worst. competent and timely inspection and maintenance are going to be required. Borrow pits and other areas used to excavate materials should also be filled in as much as possible (using any leftover or unused materials) and then grassed unless they can be converted to water-storage ponds. the beginning of the rainy season is an important time. erosion risks are highest. After the first year or so. the dam can then be finished off. minor problems with erosion and settlement are commonplace. Topsoil and grass reserved at the beginning of the works can be spread on such areas to allow vegetation to re-establish itself and erosion risks of exposed soils to be minimized. 9. accommodation or the access and parking for plant and equipment should be restored as much as possible to their original condition. cause minor rills and gullies and. . when most of the dam and its reservoir area can be seen. Because of this a programme of regular inspection and maintenance has to be instigated to ensure that no major hazards arise. Rains on an unprotected embankment and water flow through an incomplete spillway can. Initially visits (which will vary from site to site) should not be less than twice a month and after every rain or flood. if delayed. Areas used for storage.1 INTRODUCTION When the embankment has been constructed. Time after the inspection (and before the rains begin) must be allowed for to complete any remedial or repair work. This is most important at the beginning of the rainy season when. and at the right time. especially if a grass cover has not been established. destroy the structure altogether. again.2 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS At the time of siting the dam it should have been made clear to the local community/dam owner that to maintain the dam in good condition and to prolong its life as a sound. All dams with grass spillways must be visited after every heavy rainstorm and flood. Therefore. because of limited grass cover. a more routine inspection programme can commence. when most of the heavy earthmoving and other work has been done. useful water resource. Even when finishing works have been carried out properly. All new dams that have not completely stabilized and settled require frequent visits and.9 Finishing works 79 9 Finishing works 9. In dry season climates the best time to carry out this work is before the beginning of the rainy season. and all major outlets and drains installed. it is vitally important not to neglect the minor finishing touches that. It is quite important that the training banks along the spillway sides are well established with grass cover and protected with other erosion prevention measures before the spillway is to be used. The remainder of the site should not be ignored. at the least. can negate much or all of the work already performed. All dams must be inspected at least annually.

Such finishing work should include the following: ¼ Grass planting (spillway. The accumulation of water on and in the downstream shoulder must be avoided. outfall and embankment) ¼ Sodding spillway (cut sections) and around stone-pitched areas ¼ Stone pitching spillway (low rainfall areas) ¼ Finishing trickle flow outlet and the outfall pipe arrangements ¼ Digging seepage drains ¼ Fencing ¼ Fertilizing and irrigating grassed areas ¼ Stone pitching training bank and embankment ¼ Concreting high erosion risk areas Last. These activities prove unnecessarily costly if heavy plant is to be used.5 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES A farm dam is usually to be found in its best condition immediately after construction. Training banks are often constructed without a core. 9. the crest should be given a slight downward slope towards the reservoir so as to encourage runoff towards the reservoir and the less erodible upstream section of the embankment. However. Similarly.4 OTHER WORKS In finishing the main embankment. care should be taken to avoid traversing the spillway and no earth should be removed from the channel bed for this bank unless cut is required to form the spillway. Preparation of a check list of activities to be completed annually (or more frequently) should be prepared and maintained as record of maintenance activities and works carried out. .3 TRAINING BANKS Training banks are required along one or both sides of the spillway to keep floodwater away from the downstream toe and shoulder of the embankment and within the channel. Tidying up. the design can vary according to site conditions and crest widths and heights can be reduced as required. Concrete or stone pitching at the end of the main embankment and along the inner sides of the training banks may be advisable. cosmetic work and other minor works can often be left to the farmer/ dam owner/community rather than the contractor. if gauges at the spillway. signboards and any safety advice notices should be considered at this time. or other outlets or reservoir depth indicators are required these should be installed at this time (when they cannot be damaged by plant and traffic associated with the construction). To keep it in good order it is very important that maintenance is carried out regularly. but often will use the same slopes as the main embankment.80 Manual on small earth dams 9. In construction. 9.

for foundation or spillway excavation work) should have been stockpiled and the latter used to finish off the dam with a good last layer (50-75 mm deep) of soil. irrigation will greatly assist the establishment of a grass cover which will reduce erosion and related problems to a minimum.5. if there is any. Either use an irrigation system or a water bowser to supply around 25 mm or more of water per week. ¼ Cultivation – do not burn off grass as this will encourage taller clumping varieties to grow at the expense of the preferred shorter. At the time of construction all topsoil removed from the site (i. the material will be bound together by the growing grass.5.e. Where gravel and stone is expensive or difficult to find such protection should be limited to steeper slopes. kikuyu. being careful to avoid damage and tracking across the embankment or spillway. Where water is available. the outfall and the embankment. Cutting the crop before seeding takes place is necessary. Good fencing will assist in maintaining the grass-cover. .e. ¼ Plant a short-lived cover crop.5:1) at the design stage and thus reduce the velocities and spread of the runoff more evenly across the embankment. In harsher environments or where soils used as earthworks’ material are likely to be susceptible to erosion the designer/engineer can adopt one of several short-term solutions: ¼ Cover soil with a layer of gravel or loose light stone pitching (rip-rap in wet or wave action areas) which. people and vehicles off sensitive areas such as the spillway. that will grow rapidly and provide limited protection to the embankment and spillway while a creeping grass establishes itself beneath. pigeon peas or similar. 9. Once a grass-cover has been established it should be maintained in a dense. such as rye grass. ¼ Use a hemp or similar net-like fabric that can be pinned or anchored to slope faces and will provide some protection to newly emergent grass and the soil beneath when runoff is severe. ¼ Fertilizer – a careful application of manure or fertilizer before irrigation or the start of the rains will prove helpful. will minimize erosion and control access to the dam and reservoir area.2 Fencing This is vital to keep livestock.1 Grass cover It is essential that a good creeping grass type (i. creeping type. the grass can grow through. If these areas are lightly irrigated before the rains start. An expensive and often last resort is to adopt flatter slopes (3:1 or 3. This can then be mixed with manure or fertilizer (300 kg/ha of nitrogenous based fertilizer) and planted to grass. couch or star grass) is established on all bare earth surfaces as soon as possible after construction and preferably before the first heavy rains.9 Finishing works 81 This check list should include the following: 9. short condition – this is obviously difficult in climates with long dry seasons but can be assisted by: ¼ Irrigation – where water is scarce reserve a supply for use when temperatures begin to rise and just before the rainy season begins. Either cut the grass or allow limited but well-supervised grazing.

as the foundation is firm (and it cannot fully absorb the differential settlement). due to poor construction techniques. When large. It is important to prevent water entering such cracks (otherwise erosion and waterlogging will follow) and in the rainy season it may be necessary to sandbag the area to minimize runoff. and should either the crest level fall overmuch. The upstream and downstream sides or shoulders of the embankment settle more than the core as they are less well compacted and. the reservoir water level must be lowered and expert assistance must be sought without delay. cracks appear along the crest edges as the settlement takes place. At every inspection the crest must be checked to ensure it remains horizontal and that no low spots have developed.3 Settlement However well the dam was built. Therefore.5. Invariably most settlement occurs at the highest point of the dam where mass is greater and other pressures highest. These cracks do not represent a serious problem and can usually be treated by ramming in damp soil complete with grass as soon as they develop. and carried out of the embankment. vehicle tyres or animal tracks. As finer materials are eroded. Figure 13 illustrates this. keep all fences in good order.4 Seepage and drainage All earth dams will leak to some extent and seepage only becomes a problem if it endangers the embankment – either by encouraging erosion in the downstream area or by causing waterlogging of the dam and thus affecting its stability. deep cracks appear on older dams (indicating foundation movement or slumping of either shoulder). Another form of settlement can arise when. check all posts during the annual inspection and inspect the wire whenever possible. water will concentrate in the low spots and serious damage result. or an exceptional storm lead to backing up of floodwater from the spillway. If this was not done and seepage has become excessive. Always seek expert assistance when this occurs. the dam will overtop. If this is neglected.5. well-drained downstream foundation area. The local community or dam owner should provide the fencing at the time of construction and must be made aware of the importance of maintaining it. 9.82 Manual on small earth dams Most gullies in the spillway areas and on embankment slopes are started when rainfall and the subsequent runoff concentrate in depressions caused by footpaths. Most dams settle out in the first year or so after construction. At the time of construction and. particularly if the dam does not have a dry. 9. it will always experience some settlement. Unusual settlement in an older dam can indicate foundation movement or removal of embankment material by seepage or erosion. drains should be installed before the embankment is built. the core has been compacted comparatively more than other parts of the embankment. Dirty water seeping from the downstream face of any dam is cause for concern. the following may reduce the problem: . At the time of construction a settlement allowance should have been incorporated on the top of the embankment. this could lead to piping or slumping in the structure. All oversettlement must be attended to with backfill and additional monitoring.

Backfill the trenches with rock and gravel to allow continued drainage and restore the embankment to its original slope with a final layer of topsoil and grass. This can take the form of a 500 mm thick clay blanket laid and compacted on the areas with highest water pressure and protected (from erosion and drying out) by topsoil or gravel. the water level in the dam should be lowered before these operations are completed to reduce risk. Keep all parts of the dam clean with a low grass cover to protect against erosion and assist inspection and maintenance. animals and water are then formed. All drains should feed a central collector drain which is then taken to a safe. Once installed it is important to prevent damage to the new surface by deep-rooting plants or burrowing animals. If the dam water level can be lowered.6 TREES AND BUSHES Do not allow trees. bushes or other deep-rooted plants to grow anywhere near the embankment. old trees have been allowed to establish themselves on the embankment they should be removed when the upstream water level is low. ¼ Trench into and beneath the downstream toe to relieve water pressure in this shoulder of the embankment – always ensuring that the excavation work is safe.9 Finishing works 83 Figure 13 . When dead and decomposed. Trees on the embankment do not help stabilize the soil and their roots will eventually reach to water. This work is best carried out during the dry season but can be done as required if the dam is in danger. pathways for insects. this work can only take place when the reservoir is dry. In both cases the most impervious clay available should be used and should be laid on the upstream face once it has its layer of topsoil removed and been disked or ploughed to encourage a good bond between the old and new surfaces. The trees should be cut as low as possible and. 9. Figure 10 illustrates an example where both a clay blanket and new cutoff have been installed. construct a new cutoff beneath the upstream toe. if possible. remove all trees and bushes before they become established. non-erosive discharge area further downstream. Therefore. they should be soaked in petrol and burnt or treated with chemicals to . In a situation where large.Settlement cracks ¼ Minimize the seepage by sealing the upstream face and reservoir areas. Obviously. the spillway and its outfall. if the stumps cannot be excavated. In both cases.

84

Manual on small earth dams

allow their rapid decomposition. All remaining material and roots must be removed and all excavation works backfilled, compacted and restored to the design slope with topsoil and grass cover. Trees or bushes on the spillway will alter its hydraulic characteristics and can reduce its capability to safely carry away flood flows. Such flows are encouraged to concentrate in channels (and thus may lead to erosion) rather than to spread evenly over the full width of the spillway (thus maintaining lower velocities and avoiding turbulence). Again, tree roots do not assist the stability of the soil.

9.7 EROSION
This is a common problem on any dam where grass cover and fencing have not been maintained. If not rectified at an early stage gullies can form and soil can be lost to runoff and floods leading to stability and seepage problems. The main causes of erosion are: ¼ Lack of suitable grass cover. ¼ Tracking by livestock and people on the embankment and spillway. ¼ Low flow channels developing on the spillway. All erosion should initially be treated by restoring the affected areas to their design dimensions, (i.e. backfill, compact and grass all eroded sections) and re-fencing as required. Low flow channels in the spillway are often associated with dams constructed on perennial rivers where, during the dry season, low flows are allowed to meander across and down the spillway (especially on spillways that have not been maintained) and have concentrated into small gullies. The best solution to this problem is to install an overflow pipe beneath the embankment at the time of construction with a protected inlet location just below spillway level. This will carry all normal river flows while the spillway is reserved for floods only. However, if such an overflow is not available it is unwise to excavate into the embankment once the dam has been built; therefore it is better to modify the spillway to cater for normal flows.Excavate and line a small channel with sufficient capability to carry the estimated volumes of water involved and ensure (as in any outlet) that it is taken to safe, non-erosive discharge. A disadvantage of this is that after every flood these channels require checking and de-silting and, where such measures have been instigated, special attention must be paid to their condition at every inspection. Where spillways have been damaged by flows, whether small or large, it is important to restore them to their design dimensions – backfill, compact and grass all low spots, protect eroded sides with stone pitching or masonry and ensure all outfalls (discharge areas) are safe with flat, broad slopes to allow non-erosive disposal of flood waters. The construction of concrete sills at the entrance, and at regular intervals down a grass spillway, will ensure a horizontal surface is maintained for the channel bed, will limit erosion to within each section and act as energy dissipaters. Each sill should be a minimum of 0.3 m wide and 0.3 m deep and be well keyed to the sides and the bed of the spillway. Depending on the slope, they can be positioned at

9 Finishing works

85

intervals of 30-50 m down the spillway. As gullies often develop first in the outfall area (usually the result of too steep slopes, restricted discharge area and poor maintenance), sills will assist in restricting erosion that may move back up the spillway if remedial work cannot be immediately undertaken.

9.8 TERMITES AND ANIMAL BURROWS
With a regular, competent inspection programme, ant or animal activity should never be a problem. Any ant workings found should be suitably treated with a recommended fumigant, dug out and the excavation backfilled in layers with good material and the careful use of a long-life insecticide. All slopes must be restored to their original design shape. If, the excavation required is large (usually because of no or poor inspection), always seek expert advice and never attempt to carry out the work in the rainy season or if the dam is full.

Repair work 10

Modes of failure can be attributed to four basic causes: ¼ Overtopping: can be counteracted by conservative spillway design. too steep side slopes. and avoiding areas where landslides could affect the reservoir. Before any repair work is begun always try and ascertain and rectify the cause of the damage so that the problem will not recur. 10. design and construction techniques. ¼ Spreading of the embankment base: minimize risk by avoiding poor foundations. clay blankets upstream. generous freeboard allowances. However.2. If severe. ¼ Slope failure: avoid by following correct design and construction procedures based on site investigations and materials’ analyses. Poor repair work can be dangerous and lead to more serious problems developing later in the dam’s life. large-scale or technically complex work always consult a qualified engineer. the dam’s stability can be affected and it is then very important to lower the reservoir water level as soon as possible. when serious problems do develop. For difficult.1 Slumping and sliding of the downstream face Occasionally this may apply to the upstream side of the dam. filling of cracks as they develop (normally after settlement of a new dam) and the introduction of drainage downstream through filters and toe drains should seepage become excessive. especially in an old dam. materials used. 10. Use of good material and well designed side slopes at the time of construction and following correct construction procedures will prevent these problems developing. It is usually the result of poor quality material.1 INTRODUCTION Only carry out repair work that is simple. the adoption of flatter side slopes and reducing the height of the dam. straightforward and falls within your capability. Non-structural defects such as too small or too large catchments and spillways relate directly to faults in design. inadequate drainage and/or excessive seepage.2 STRUCTURAL DEFECTS These are all directly associated with the embankment and spillway and can be associated with foundation. ¼ Piping: avoid the development of piping by following correct design and construction procedures. Problems can develop from structural defects associated with poor design and construction and can often have catastrophic results when the dam breaches or collapses. The major results of these defects are outlined below along with remedial measures that can be taken. major reconstruction work is the only solution and should include drainage relief measures in and underneath the downstream section. the .10 Repair work 89 10 Repair work 10.

The latter can be maintained by lowering the spillway or drop inlet levels. it is best to seek expert advice immediately. Always investigate the cause of the breach before commencing permanent repair work and.3 Piping This occurs when seepage establishes a tunnel or pipe through an embankment and in severe cases can lead to undermining and the eventual collapse of the dam. poor compaction and compressible foundations. with larger dams.2. This may be associated with the development of whirlpools on the upstream side when most severe. movement of the embankment will lead to cracks appearing in the structure.2. to fill the breach. However. . It is most serious in dams constructed of poorer soils with greater permeabilities. the breach can be filled and the dam restored to its design condition. muddy water is seen to emerge from the downstream face of the dam or seepage starts to increase. also contribute to partial slope failures and can be very difficult to remedy. once the problem has been solved.90 Manual on small earth dams flattening of side slopes and reduction in reservoir water levels. Other factors. Usually associated with a poor choice of site and. breaching is usually the result of one of the problems outlined above developing into a major fault. 10. They are most serious when they extend transversely across the embankment and below the water line. certain guidelines must be followed – referring to Figure 14.e. ¼ Cut back the sides of the breach to a relatively flat slope (1:3 minimum and 1:5 or less where possible).4 Breaching A dam breaches when a section of the embankment finally gives way and a hole appears that can cause complete failure. This ensures plant and machinery can pass up and down the cut slope (to back-fill and compact) rather than through the breach area and that. subsoil. when piping is excessive. Unless caused by overtopping by an exceptional flood (or too small a spillway). Reduce the water level immediately and fill all cracks with good material and plant to grass. this can mean serious internal damage is occurring. measures already outlined to reduce seepage should be followed. 10.2 Foundation slope movements Movement of the embankment on its foundation can lead to complete failure of the dam. when the gap is plugged.2. Always reduce the water level and carry out repair and remedial works without delay. 10. such as low strength soils. or not allowed for. the following must be adhered to: ¼ Always carry out repair work in the dry season and ensure there is enough time to complete the repair before the rains start. rock. However. Earth dams can absorb some movement without suffering damage but if cracks continue to form. the repaired area is securely founded on the old dam material. ¼ Remove all loose and poor material from the sides and the floor of the breach and ensure excavation is carried to good foundation (i. When brown. or suddenly appear in old dams. To avoid this it is best to anticipate such problems at the design stage and construct drains beneath the downstream section before the dam proper is started. firm well compacted embankment or core material).

Repair of breached dams ¼ Excavate key trenches as required.10 Repair work 91 Figure 14 . the repair area can . It is very important to ensure a good bond between the old and the new material. ¼ Reconstruct the embankment (refer to Section 7) to the new design requirements ensuring all backfill is installed in layers and is well compacted. ¼ Check and inspect the repair frequently immediately after reconstruction and pay special attention to the area subsequently. and the key trenches not excavated. If the sides are not cut back.

and the new is less likely to develop. it can reduce the crest level to below the full supply level. in further expenditure that could easily have been avoided. a lined channel in the spillway should be excavated and. it may become necessary to reconstruct the entire upstream area to reduce slopes and allow for the laying of rip-rap in the most susceptible areas. always ensure that the water level is not allowed to rise and fall rapidly. at worst. result in the loss of the dam and. Once erosion on a grassed spillway or a friable rock spillway has started. more general infilling of the breach. which may have only partial success. A spillway that is too wide is not a problem but one that is too narrow can. if concrete is laid on earth it can easily be undermined and eroded. Stone pitching and concreting of the spillways and embankment are expensive solutions. Careful placement of sand bags or stop logs can then allow the alternating use of spillways to enable the maintenance of one or the other to be initiated. the backing up of water in the reservoir can attain a level where it overtops the embankment. especially where hydrological information is insufficient. Normally this signifies that solid rock should have been used for spilling flood water. another second spillway may be built on the other end of the dam wall. are absolutely vital. the generous grassing of the spillway bed and protection (stone pitching. 10.92 Manual on small earth dams easily fail again. A drawing illustrating a typical breach repair is provided in Annex 4. Simpler measures. such as increasing the available spillway width. When the repair is done properly the area is better able to resist the pressure of water behind it and a slip surface between the old dam material. It should be kept below the maximum for a few years to assess the effectiveness of the repair and to enable the repaired section to settle. This is often exacerbated by poor grass growth and erosion from animal tracks and. the construction of a concrete sill at the spillway entrance (to prevent erosion in a sensitive area and dissipate some energy).2. Where flood flows far exceed spillway capacity. the works involved can become quite expensive. This section should be given special emphasis at times of inspection and monitoring. If this is allowed to continue. The correct assessment of anticipated flood flows and the maximizing of safety factors such as spillway width and freeboard. A little extra care and attention at the time of repair is always preferable to a rushed. which can increase the slope angle to an undesirable steepness or establish ‘beaches’ on the slope that could lead to the slumping of this section. Whenever a dam has suffered from a major problem like this. 10. loose rock or gabions) of the sides including the outlet into the river or stream where the gullying will usually start. If a trickle flow has not been constructed. as a result. For large dams with high fluctuations in water level. at best.5 An eroded spillway Spillway erosion and the inability to carry flood flows are the main reasons behind many earth dam failures.6 Wave action Wave action on the upstream face can cause erosion.2. as well as continual inspection and maintenance in the flood season. will always minimize risks. to reduce risks. . it is very difficult to prevent it recurring without continual maintenance and remedial procedures.

. Water may re-appear downstream or contribute to groundwater recharge making identification and rectification of the problem difficult.e. Basically.e. 10.5. maintaining a band of uncultivated land close to the 17 Refer to section 5. reduced stocking rates and by introducing conservation methods. ¼ The vegetation cover in the catchment can be maximized. the possible source area can be sealed by puddling clay in the reservoir immediately upstream of the embankment (especially where the water is deepest) and/or excavating a new cutoff trench to an impervious layer beneath core level. in the upstream section of the embankment. should be discouraged. certain remedial measures can be taken: ¼ The local catchment land practices can be improved by better crop rotation. it may be that the water is by passing the dam to such an extent that the reservoir cannot fill up. If undetected at the feasibility study stage. Where leaks are suspected.3. Two main reasons can be identified: 10. non-structural defects result in the dam not meeting its design capabilities and usually this leads to a reduction in available water storage. The investigation of the river bed upstream of the dam at the feasibility study stage to locate swallow holes will also help. ¼ Where the latter does occur.2 Dam silts up This is usually a long-term problem that can be avoided if dams are not constructed on rivers that carry heavy sediment loads. The latter may prove most economic if a large reservoir area has to be layered with impermeable material. average runoff per hectare or square kilometre in a 1 in 10 year (or as the designer/dam owner requires) rainy season including taking other dams and water uses into consideration). and that no permeable layers are likely to be beneath it (i. The careful monitoring of excavation at the time of construction of the cutoff trench to ensure it is dug deep enough. Often. Deforestation should be minimized throughout the catchment and the practice of establishing gardens for fruit and vegetables close to the reservoir or river (to facilitate hand irrigation). In order to ensure that borrow areas in the reservoir maintain water tightness under pressure.3 NON-STRUCTURAL DEFECTS A dam that does not fill with water has failed just as much as one that suffers from the problems of embankment and spillway failures. improved cultivation practices such as contour ridging and ploughing. Reservoir inflow can be increased by constructing storm and contour drains to enhance runoff and channel water from the surrounding catchment if considered economic. old stream beds or slate/schist type bedrock). common in many locations. can act as seepage drains.3. especially in dry season type climates where early rains lead to high erosion levels. as water pressure builds up. permeable material beneath the core or faults extending into the reservoir. Where the yield is known to be satisfactory.1 Dam reservoir fails to fill up The dam may be too large for the catchment. This problem can be prevented at the design stage17 by correctly assessing the catchment yield (i. will minimize the risk of such problems arising. they should not be completely excavated of clay material.10 Repair work 93 10.

94 Manual on small earth dams river and reservoir and conserving waterways can reduce runoff and erosion. it is not normally economic to excavate the reservoir. These are usually temporary. The preferable alternative is to raise the dam once the sediment inflow has been reduced by the measures above. the construction of an embankment with a wide crest will facilitate the raising of the dam in subsequent years. . ¼ Silt traps upstream of the main dam can be constructed. Small dams or sumps collect a major proportion of the silt before it reaches the reservoir. Where a reservoir is severely silted. For dams being constructed on rivers with high levels of silt. ¼ Gullies and other high runoff areas must be reclaimed or at least stabilized. often expensive and require regular de-silting and therefore should be regarded as stop-gap measures while methods to reduce the silt at source are initiated. Moving and safely dumping huge quantities of wet silt can prove difficult. This will increase the storage capacity at the expense of a relatively small increase in earthworks’ volume.

W. 2006. Inkata Press. Earth and rock dams.F.D. G. Cranfield Press. Woodward. Design of small dams. K.bsigroup. Soil and Water Conservation Engineering. and Frevert. 1975. AGL/MISC/32/2001. New York. Gender in agriculture sourcebook.. Clarendon Press.. FAO Land and Water Development Division. FAO Inland Water Resources and Aquaculture Service. Terzaghi. 1981. UK. Water Resources Technical Publication Series.L. 1990 nine standards: references 1377-1-1990 to 1377-9-1990 inclusive and including later amendments at www. Third edition. Small dams and weirs in earth and gabion materials. Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives of Swaziland. Second Edition. W. Field Support Guide 109. 1991. Swaziland.J. Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives of Swaziland. Schwab. Handbook on dam design and construction.B. Hudson. Bedfordshire. Handbook on small earth dams and weirs – A guide to siting. N. Sherard. DC.. R. UK. Third edition. Food and Agriculture Organization. T. Oxford. Rome.T. R.Bibliography and further references 95 Bibliography and further references British Standard 1377. Fangmeier.J. London. Washington. UK. CD-Rom set. Design and construction of small earth dams. 2001. Soil mechanics in engineering practice. International Fund for Agricultural Development. and Peck. S. Field engineering for agricultural development. R. Food and Agriculture Organization. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. John Wiley & Sons. 2006. 1964. World Bank. 1967. 1990. New York. Australia. DC. K. Elliot. United States Bureau of Reclamation (USBR).K. John Wiley & Sons. . Stephens. Nelson. Simple methods for aquaculture – Manuals from the FAO training series. John Wiley & Sons. 2009. Washington. New York. design and construction. J.com.O. D. and Gizienski. Repair and maintenance of small earth dams. 1992. 1997.

Backfilling Berm Borrow pit Breaching Catchment area Catchment yield Compaction Core Crest . included for stability or where a change of gradient is required. This is the top of the embankment. foundation movement or overtopping. usually one year. The below ground section of the core is referred to as the cutoff. This is the area upstream of the dam that takes in all the streams and rivers that supply the dam.96 Manual on small earth dams Glossary Atterberg limits They are a basic measure of the nature of a finegrained soil. The on-site filling of a trench or other excavation with either material originally excavated from the same excavation or using material imported from elsewhere. In each state the consistency and behaviour of a soil is different and so are its engineering properties. constructed of highly impermeable material to seal the embankment from seepage. in embankment construction. by mechanical means of a soil material. Best located within the reservoir area to improve storage and avoid the need for restoration measures after the dam has been completed. The compression. Complete removal of a section of the dam by the reservoir water breaking through the embankment. A source for earthworks’ materials for embankment construction. Depending on the water content of the soil. plastic and liquid. The central section of a zoned dam. A horizontal bench or terrace-like area on an embankment slope. the soil may appear in four states: solid. The estimated total runoff from a catchment area for a certain period. semi-solid. The spillway crest is the level at which water will begin to flow in the spillway. Can be induced by erosion. to improve its stability and load-bearing characteristics.

A patented mean for erosion protection in the form of wire baskets or mattresses selectively filled in situ with rock. For small dams this is the same as the spillway entrance level. quick method for identification of a dispersive clay soil. All the soil material to be used in the construction of a dam will comprise the earthworks. The maximum unobstructed distance. and to be backfilled (and compacted) with highly impermeable material to seal the foundation against seepage.Glossary 97 Crumb test Cutoff Is a simple. The excavation of silt or other material from a dam reservoir to improve storage capacity. Desilting Earthworks Embankment Erosion Fetch Filling Flood flows Freeboard Full supply level Gabions Geotextile . A synthetic permeable fabric of varying thickness with filtering and drainage properties. When placed behind and beneath gabions. The removal of soil and rock by natural agencies such as rainfall. The difference in height between the crest of the dam and the level of the spillway entrance. The embankment construction. This is the dam wall. Above normal river flows following excessive rainfall. The maximum water level the dam is designed for. at full supply level. This is the area excavated. This is usually done on a layer-by-layer basis accompanied by moistening and compaction. Often accelerated by people or animals by overgrazing or by the formation of paths and tracks. river flows. seepage or slumping. below ground under the core and through any permeable material to reach a more impermeable stratum. that the wind can travel across a reservoir to raise waves that will impact on the embankment. It may be more economic to raise the height of the embankment to achieve an increase in storage than to desilt a large basin area. they limit the movement of soil material in suspension from the natural ground into the gabion basket or mattress.

The peak flood from a catchment based (for the design of the dam and spillway) on a return period of 1 in X years. a rock or less consolidated material such as soil) to transmit fluids. Is a measure of the ability of a porous material (often. The top water level in any saturated zone of the embankment. protected or maintained. if severe. An embankment similar to an homogenous dam but with a filter zone in the downstream side to safely draw down the phreatic surface and then pass the drainage/seepage water out of the embankment. Erosion often starts here if the outfall has not been properly designed. The wetting (but not waterlogging) or drying of a soil to assist compaction. for moisture and compaction control for cohesive soils. Modified homogenous dam Moisture conditioning Outfall Overtopping Probable maximum flood Perennial flow Permeability Phreatic surface Piezometer Piping Planimeter Proctor Test . A standard test. where a stream dries up periodically is said to be seasonal. The area at the end of the spillway where it discharges to a stream or similar. developed in the United States. Piping occurs when hydraulic flows (seepage) through the embankment carry soil material in suspension causing pipes to develop in the structure and lead to internal erosion. A stream that flows all year round is said to be perennial. to record water levels and in particular notify engineers of variations. Erosion always follows and. can lead to major damage. An instrument to measure area from a plan or map.98 Manual on small earth dams Homogenous dam An embankment constructed with one consistently similar soil material to produce an homogenous structure. This is where excessive flood flows pass over the embankment beacause of insufficient spillway capacity. The alternative. A small diameter observation well in the embankment equipped with a measuring device.

The time between a storm commencing on a catchment and the development of the maximum flood at the dam. Rapid. to some extent. The maximum possible volume of water the dam can store when the reservoir is full. Provision for this should be included at the time of construction (settlement allowance) by raising the midpoint of the embankment and tapering this raised area off to the valley sides. It must be constructed to dimensions to safely carry away the design probable maximum flood (PMF) when the dam is full. if small or controlled. usually increased by compaction at a certain moisture content. dependent not on the size of the dam but on the size of the catchment and its hydrological and other characteristics.Glossary 99 Puddling The use of clay to seal a surface by mixing the soil with water and layering it on a surface and then compacting it by machine or hand (historically by cattle trampling) to make it watertight. however well built. shallow channels. will settle to some extent. highly erosive flow. The overflow section of the dam. May also be referred to as slippage or sloughing. The resistance to deformation in soil by cohesion. To be avoided on grass or earth spillways by flat slopes and wide. Often used for toe drains. The protection of a vulnerable surface by the placement of similar sized stones sometime bedded in a mortar. with a plaster-like mortar. of cracks and fissures on a rocky surface in preparation for concrete work or backfilling. The filling in. All dams will. seep and. Water moving through or under an embankment is referred to as seepage. Used in spillway design. such seepage is not considered a serious problem. The movement of earth through erosion or waterlogging (especially on steep slopes) away from either face of the embankment. The embankment. constructed to safely contain spillway flows and to prevent water Seepage Settlement Shear strength Slumping Slush grouting Spillway Stone pitching Storage potential Time of concentration Turbulence Training wall . The extension of the embankment. irregular.

A soil completely saturated is waterlogged. An embankment.100 Manual on small earth dams affecting the downstream area of the dam. May also be referred to as the training bank. differentiated according to position and role in the structure. The downstream section of the embankment can become unstable (especially as it usually designed with steeper slopes and more permeable materials) if allowed to become waterlogged. The maximum water level possible is referred to as the full supply level (FSL). is said to be zoned. Free drainage is therefore important in this area of the embankment. Waterline The level of water in the reservoir is referred to as the waterline or water level. when constructed of varying soil materials. Waterlogging Zoned dam .

may result in economies of scale in mobilization. . Procurement rules exist in most countries and for all international financing agencies and these must be followed. Underestimates from bidders could lead to poor contract performance and the need for changes and variations as the contract proceeds and overestimates may suggest over pricing. As part of the preparation work. justifiable and objective (with a written record where needed) with no room for discretion at any time. and before any tender is advertised. the procuring agency requires a realistic estimate (based on a good quality design and costing process) of the cost of the structure with a breakdown of significant cost items. evaluation and award of contract INTRODUCTION All procurement (and planning) must conform to the three pillars of Integrity. These apply to all activities before construction. especially in the evaluation and comparison of the bids. Decision-making criteria at all stages must be clear. effective monitoring and auditing of all processes and implementation activities. financial capability and integrity. or for one project as one overall contract. relevant convictions or has been disbarred for irregu18 Awarding contracts for a number of small dams in one area. To prepare such an estimate. relevant experience. but avoiding the possibility of establishing cartels. cartel links or other unrealistic bidding. Should the subsequent bidding result in bids received that vary greatly from this estimate. This prequalification should be based on professional competence (staff and equipment). open meetings and equitable and fair distribution of information. Prequalification of bidders for significantly expensive contracts or a series of small contracts18 is recommended.Annex 1 101 Annex 1 Procurement guidelines for tender preparation. an engineer (The Engineer) should be selected and be appointed to not only carry out this preliminary work but continue to supervize the contractor and ensure all works are carried out according to the design and to the highest quality possible. This estimate must be kept strictly confidential and there should be no links between personnel having this knowledge and the bidders. Transparency and Accountability. the use of plant and equipment and in supervision. These rules should encourage true and open competition in tendering and contract award. Any contractor or consultant that has recent. questions should be raised on the validity of the bids. the actual construction (especially if consultants and contractors are to be used) and to the subsequent operation and maintenance of the structure and any related infrastructure such as an irrigation scheme.

the design and tender process should take place in the rainy season and be timed to be completed by the beginning of the next dry season in time for mobilization of plant and equipment as the ground begins to dry out. A tender for one small dam could be advertised nationally and potential tenderers given 6 to 8 weeks to respond. or failure to complete contracts. including site visits and collection of documents. Clearing access roads. . financial activities. the tender period for this. Thus. The end of one rainy season and the start of the subsequent dry season are the best times for this. the longer the tender process will take. should not be allowed to prequalify. including all survey and design work needed to prepare quantities and guideline costings. The tender advertisement period has to take into account the need for approval (usually at the advertisement and award stages) from the lender or donor. The more complicated the works and the size and number of dams to be built. Preparation may require the application for land and water rights. A series of dams being funded by one or more donors may require international advertisement with time for potential bidders to collect documents. including advertisement and evaluation could be around 12 weeks. access to the site easier and moisture control for compaction possible. should take place in good time. In many places. environmental impact assessments plus any needed compensation or resettlement plans. Thus. the need to adhere to local or national government regulations and bureaucratic procedures. These must be completed before the dam construction can be approved and allowed to proceed. PREPARATION WORK The preparation of tender and contract documents. their guidelines will have to be followed and examples of advertisements and documents from such organizations should be obtained at the beginning of this process. Such a tender may require up to 20 weeks to complete with further time required for the winning bidder to mobilize. regionally or nationally and the scope of works. whether it will be advertised internationally. construction can only take place in the dry season when river levels are low. ADVERTISEMENT OF THE TENDER Always include a site visit in any tender advertisement and award procedure. If funds are to be sourced from international lending agencies or donors. felling and removing trees and stripping foundation areas is often best begun before the ground has completely dried out. Guidelines to assist in the preparation of tender and contract documents. and in the award of a contract for a simple project involving only one or two small dams. are given below: The evaluation modalities (see details hereafter) – or any modified equivalents – are to be attached to every tender document to permit bidders to understand the proposed evaluation process.102 Manual on small earth dams lar. make site visits and prepare timetables and bids (in their home countries).

in particular in the case of complex contracts.Annex 1 103 Always keep written records of significant events and always advise bidders in writing of any matter that could have legal implications. Location of Contractor – 10 Points maximum Based on mobilization distance rather than physical location of the contractor. it should be indicated in the tender document that tenderers are to place the technical and financial components of their tenders in separate. Where a two envelope tendering process is used. involves a two envelope system in which the technical proposal (first envelope) is evaluated and bids ranked before the financial offer (second envelope) is opened. The second option. envelopes. suitability of equipment for the works involved. experience of the contractor in the area and in similar works. mechanical backup and so on) should be considered. Factors such as numbers and age of equipment. 10) points should be given to contractors located within the local area. 4 points for nationally based contractors and 2 or less for contractors mobilizing from outside the country. All tenderers must be made aware of the evaluation procedure to be followed and whether there are any special conditions involved. individual dam sites. highest (i. the technical and financial offer are combined and presented in a single envelope. experience of staff (including operators and supervisors) and support the contractor has in country (including provision of fuel supplies. This approach should be preferred. this is also determined at the judgment of each team member. As a guide. Equipment and Staff – 10 Points maximum Again individual team member evaluation is used. then say 8 points for provincial locations. based on criteria that can be adjusted according to country. These envelopes are to be placed inside a single envelope and normal procedures apply for the lodging of the tender.e. site accommodation. In the first option. THE EVALUATION MODALITIES Two options exist for tender. called staged tender. in writing. clearly marked. The following point system can be used as a guide: Technical bid: 50 points Experience – 20 Points maximum This is calculated according to the personal evaluation of each team member and considers the following: any experience (good or bad) with the contractor. A points system should be adopted. Work Programme – 10 Points maximum Highest points are given to contractors who can complete the works within the already decided project time frame or before the next rainy season begins. to all other tenderers. Where labour intensive works are being promoted this category could be given more points (20 perhaps and the experience category reduced to 10) and those contractors offering to follow such procedures given the highest number of points. and the choice has to be indicated in the tender document. scope of work and other factors. It ensures that price does not influence the technical evaluation of the bid. . Any specific information given to any tenderer that is not in the documents should be passed on.

the date of the site visit and details on where the tender documents are to be delivered. the deadline for delivery and the location and time of tender opening. Bids received should be noted in a diary and the bidder and staff member sign to confirm date and time received. quantities (but no guideline costs). A secretary will be required to note persons attending and any comments (especially objections) made. Inclusion of a local (dam committee) person may also prove useful. All other bids are to be kept in a secure and inaccessible location until the time of tender opening. The evaluation An evaluation team of at least three people should be established.50 Points maximum The lowest priced bid receives 50 points and other bids receive points based on 50 minus 1 point for every 2 percent difference from the lowest bid price. Step 2: OPENING OF THE BIDS The responsible officer opening the bids should first advise all those present of the procedure he/she will follow. ensure that every tenderer who pays the required. The minutes – brief and noting points only – should be filed for future reference.104 Manual on small earth dams Financial bid: 50 points Cost . non-refundable. all potential tenderers must be advised either personally (if few in number) or by advertisement in the media. Brief details on the evaluation process (already provided in the documents and based on the guidelines above should be given to assure potential bidders that the evaluation is to be fair and equitable. any Community Agreement. . Any bids more than 100 percent higher than the lowest bid receive no points. If the deadline is changed. design drawings. At least one person should have an engineering background (The Engineer is best selected for this) and be able to advise other team members on technical issues if they arise. 19 Accept cash or bank certified cheques only. A team of more than six may. however. Team members should avoid fraternization and other close contact with bidders at this time. The site visit should be formally recorded in the same diary and any bidder unable to make the visit should be excluded from the process and his/her bid returned unopened. Any bids delivered in unsealed envelopes should be rejected and the bidder advised in writing that his/her fee is forfeited and that s/he cannot re-bid. At tender opening. The following steps are to be followed: Step 1: RECEPTION OF THE BIDS Following advertisement of the tender. be too cumbersome and thus inappropriate. fee19 receives the documents. one staff member should be given the responsibility for opening the bids received.

is undertaken in accordance with the criteria established in the tender document. proved cases of contract malpractice or failure. Unrealistic bids with either costs shown at levels impossible to achieve or for bidders who show that they are completely inexperienced or have completely inappropriate equipment. Minor omissions or errors can be accepted. a comparison of ‘technical worth’ and ‘price’. Tenders should initially be assessed. The whole document has to be returned to the bidder with a covering letter stating why it had been rejected. should be excluded at this time. 20 In the last five years or any other agreed period. that is. a financial evaluation of the prices tendered (or quoted) can then be undertaken. As above. the bid should be rejected and the bid price not disclosed. can also be rejected at this stage. the responsible staff member may name the bidder but then must check that the bid is complete and conforms to the advertised conditions. Any bidder with recent20 criminal convictions relating to fraud. If the bidders have not been prequalified some investigation at this stage (this process should be noted in the bidding documents and/or tender advertisement) into the integrity of the bidder should be carried out. The assessment of the non-price criteria is to be documented before moving onto the next stage of the evaluation. in accordance with the evaluation methodology being utilized. If significantly large errors that may affect the bid price are noted. . The bid should not be evaluated. on their technical merits. Step 5: FINANCIAL ASSESSMENT Once tenders have been assessed against the technical criteria. If for any reason it is not complete (for example the site visit certificate is missing). the bid should be rejected. and at the discretion of the evaluation team. bribery or corruption or with serious. There is no appeal on this matter. The evaluation team should not have access to the tender price at this stage. to determine which tender represents the best combined offer. Step 4: TECHNICAL EVALUATION Once the bids are declared valid. Step 6: ASSESSMENT OF ‘BEST COMBINED OFFER’ Having separately assessed tenders against technical and financial criteria. This stage will establish the final ranking of the tenders. Small arithmetic errors should be corrected and the revised figure used in the evaluation. the actual points evaluation procedure can begin.Annex 1 105 Step 3: REVIEW OF THE DOCUMENTATION As each bid is opened. The results of the financial assessment are to be documented before moving onto the next stage of the evaluation. against non-price criteria. the bid should be returned to the bidder with a covering letter and all other bidders informed of the decision.

government agencies or consultants appointed to supervise a contract being funded by an international financing agency. . . . If the award of contract fails. . . . . . It is recommended that the winning bidder should not be negotiated with to either reduce the price (i. . . . . . . . . . . for exceptional reasons. . . . Table A1 – Sample evaluation points table Project .106 Manual on small earth dams AWARDING THE CONTRACT Once the final ranking has been established. . . . . . Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . or is stopped for any reason. . Do not however negotiate with two bidders at any one time in an attempt to play off one against the other. . . . . Because this can lead to delays and legal issues it is best not to make decisions that award contracts to bidders other than the highest evaluated. . . . . The actual evaluation is confidential and information therein is only released if a losing bidder should complain and arbitration has to take place. . . For all but the former. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All objections then have to be looked at and a final decision made. . . . . . other bidders must be formally advised of the reasons why and given a period (10-14 days) in which to object but not change their bids. . . Bid price Price (50 max) 50 Calculate “” “” Experience (20 max) Calculate “” “” “” Staff/equipment (10 max) Calculate “” “” “” Work programme (10 max) Calculate “” “” “” Location (10 max) Calculate “” “” “” Total points (100 max) Add from calculations in columns to the left Names of Lowest bidders Next lowest and so on CONTRACT SUPERVISION Continuous monitoring and auditing is required to supervise any contract. . . . It is not unethical to do so as long as it is done for the interest of the cost effectiveness and in a open and transparent way. the second highest bidder can be brought in. . . . . . if above the budget for the dam or project or if all bids are considered unacceptably high in part or whole) or to improve on the bid to include items considered deficient. . . the supervisor must in turn be monitored and audited to ensure compliance with the contract and to encourage cost effectiveness and to avoid corruption. . . . . . The award decision should be published with a list of all the bidders. the other. . . The World Bank establishes a panel of experts for every large dam contract and . . Once the contract has been awarded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . unsuccessful bidders should be formally advised of the award but not of the final price. . . . . . . . . This is extremely unethical and unprofessional. . . . . . . . . . . . . This can be carried out by the dam owner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A sample evaluation sheet is provided below (refer to Table A1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lastly. Name of dam/spillway . . . . . . . . If. . . . . . . . once a decision has been made to award the contract. . the contractor with the highest total should be awarded the contract. a decision is made that does not award the contract to the highest evaluated bidder. major elements of the evaluation process detailed and specific reasons why the award has been made to the winning contractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .e. . . . the potential contractor can be contacted and the contract awarded.

Either way. an effective dispute resolution organization/entity is required. This may be a government agency or could be based in the private sector. effective and transparent ways and means of ensuring quick payments to the contractors should be established before the project starts. Any variation should be scrutinized both individually and in aggregate. establishing stockpiles of materials. Details of such an agency should be clearly stated in all tender and contract documents. Advance payment: Most dam contracts will require an advance payment being made to the contractor for mobilization (establishing a site complete with offices. It can either be made as a lump sum payment or can be proportionally recovered as routine payments are made to the contractor as the works proceed. Particular attention should be paid to contract variations. Usually listed in the Bill of Quantities as Contingencies. this can be calculated at around 5 to 15 percent of the total contract sum. Any proven case of variation in response to bribery and corruption should cause the immediate cancellation of the contract (without any penalty payment to the contractor) and dismissal and prosecution of any supervision personnel involved. Usually these will have been negotiated at contract signing and any variations allowed outlined in the tender documents. a sum for unexpected works or for variations to the design should be catered for. this should be independent and suitably qualified to resolve disputes impartially and in the interest of fairness and integrity. This would be recorded as an advance payment and can comprise between 10 and 25 percent of the total contract amount. and once a financial ceiling is reached (based on the contract price and usually in the range of 10-15 percent) the independent outside experts should be called in. where private sector contractors are working for public sector clients such as government ministries. . PAYMENTS The sequence of payments to the contractor will have been outlined in the tender and contract documents. All approved payments should be scrutinized and cleared. Many contractors do not have the financial resources to cater for lengthy delays in routine payments and. power. then paid quickly.Annex 1 107 these personnel are fully independent and are able to carry out regular (and irregular) monitoring and auditing activities throughout the duration of the contract. Routine progress payments: Routine payments can be agreed at contract signing and can take the form of a monthly payment based on estimated amounts of work completed or can be based on proportion of the dam being completed. As with the panel of experts. the payment requests have to be submitted by the contractor and then checked and approved by the Engineer supervising the works. Variation payments: In all but the simplest contracts. communications and water supplies. clearing the dam site. moving equipment and staff to site and related initial activities). For all contracts.

. If the contractor is unable or unwilling to do this work. As built drawings should be produced and kept on record. the retained sum can be used to pay another contractor to do the work required.108 Manual on small earth dams Again all such payments should be initially approved by the engineer. Note the comment above on this. the engineer certifies the dam as good. scrutinized once the works have been done and then paid quickly to the contractor. FINAL INSPECTION AND MEASUREMENT This is an important activity and can be carried out by the engineer to ensure the completed dam has been built to the design and to the highest standard possible. the works should be inspected and signed off by the engineer. the dam should be closely monitored and checked. Once the liability period is over. Final payments: At the end of construction. This activity can be carried out jointly by the engineer and the contractor to ensure there are no disputed findings but the engineer is the overall responsible officer. During this period. The maintenance and safety programme can then be instigated. the final payment is withheld for a period agreed in the contract – one year is satisfactory and will give the dam a chance to fill and be used before the contractor’s liability is removed. and the contractor can be paid the balance owed. The final inspection is best completed before the contractor demobilizes to ensure that any outstanding work noted can be completed without delay. Defects should be noted and rectified at his/her expense. The contractor can then demobilize and leave the site. Usually.

the per ha cost for the scheme in capital funding is US$7 715 about the median range for irrigation development in Zambia in 2008.00 77 000.00 17 000. Section 6.00 2 400.6.00 24 560. Both income generating and non-income generating can be considered.5 6.00 4 125.00 Site investigation work Engineer’s Fees: design and supervision Mobilization Clearing site: Embankment area Reservoir 5 Cut-off/Core: Excavation Backfilling 6 Embankment 7 Training banks 8 Spillway 9 Finishing works 10 Other dam work including settlement works after construction Subtotal Dam 11 Irrigation scheme (one centre-pivot) 12 Miscellaneous (access road/power line) Subtotal Irrigation Scheme Subtotal Overall Project Contingencies Grand total First prepare the cost table as shown in Table A2.0 10 – A ha Sum 35 – B A+B 10% US$ Amount US$ 12 000.asp . Thus.00 4 620.00 42 000.org/tc/tci/ruralinvest_en.00 10 000.00 30 000.00 20 000. associated infrastructure such as provision of access roads and power lines and the supervision by a qualified engineer is US$ 270 000 for a end result of 35 ha irrigated.Annex 2 109 Annex 2 Cost Benefit Analysis The example below is from a project for an 11 m high dam and associated private irrigation scheme costed for Zambia in 2008.00 5 000. 21 The FAO Rural Invest toolkit provides an accurate and transparent methodology for formulating. INITIAL ANALYSIS 21: The total estimated cost of the bulk water infrastructure (dam.00 245 295.00 269 845.00 5 250.00 173 295.0 6.fao. Further information can be found at www.5 7. Table A2: Cost Summary Table Bill 1 2 3 4 Activity Unit Rate Sum Sum Sum ha ha m3 m3 m3 m3 m3 hours Sum Quantity – – – 5 40 750 750 22 000 1 400 770 240 – Cost US$ – – – 2 000 500 5. irrigation scheme.00 7 500. costing and evaluating small-to medium-scale investments using custom developed software.0 3.00 72 000.00 8 400.

The spillway must be in place and operational before the rainy season begins. Table A4: Return to Farming Activities (One Farming Year – April to April) Crop Wheat Maize Soya Total Yield (35 ha) 6 t/ha 8 t/ha 2 t/ha Area farmed 35 ha 15 ha 20 ha Farm gate price US$ 450/t 220/t 300/t Production 210 t 120 t 40 t Total received US$ 94 500. fittings and a centre-pivot irrigator for a total of 35 ha. The rainy season crops were planned as a mix of maize and soya beans which would yield 8 t/ha for maize and 2 tons/ha for soya bean. Reservoir area clearing is usually trees and large shrubs only. pipeline.00 132 900. Second comparisons can be made on the cost of the dam for the amount of water stored – in this case the capacity of the dam (which determined the area that could be irrigated – for wheat in the dry season) was estimated at 280 000 m3. Farm gate selling prices in 2008 were US$220/t for maize and US$300/t for soya beans.00 12 000. the cost for the water stored was US$1. FURTHER ANALYSIS: For assessing economic viability the costs and benefits can be estimated (and again comparisons made between sites and schemes to evaluate the highest potential sites to be developed). yields would total 210 t and bring in a return of US$94 500 per season based on 2008 prices. Where more than one dam site exists this is a useful means of comparison for economic reasons. The irrigation scheme works could begin the following year while the dam is filling. The irrigation scheme comprises two electric powered pumps.00 26 400. Thus.110 Manual on small earth dams Table A3: Proposed time schedule for the works Bill 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Activity Site investigation Engineer: design supervision Mobilization Clearing site Cutoff/Core Embankment Training banks Spillway Finishing Other Irrigation scheme Roads/Power lines April May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Notes: Schedule based on a dry season period April-November. In this example. The per hectare cost is a useful way of comparing dam sites where irrigation is involved and can be done for just the cost of the dam alone or for the combined costs of the dam and its attendant irrigation scheme.47/m3 taking into account the cost of the dam above plus a 10 percent contingency.00 . wheat was the dry season crop to be grown on the 235 ha irrigation scheme. Site investigation could occur the year before. Topsoil can be stripped in areas that will be used as borrow pits. Zambia wheat prices in 2008 were US$450/t and wheat yields from irrigation schemes in Zambia consistently average 6 t/ha. Thus. for 35 ha.

enough to contribute to operation and maintenance costs and to pay off the capital cost of the dam and scheme in 3-4 years. Thus. other inputs including land preparation and harvesting and US$300/ha for irrigation pumping costs (both dry season and supplemental).Annex 2 111 Thus. totalling US$40 250 for the farming year. . that the construction of the dam and irrigation scheme are economic with annual ‘profits’ on the 35 ha exceeding US$90 000. a rough estimate can be made of the return the irrigator will receive for one farming year for the 35 ha Average input costs per farming year were US$750/ha for fertilizer. It would seem therefore. the overall input costs were US$1 150/ha for 35 ha. without a comprehensive cost benefit analysis.

CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS The site for the reservoir should be stripped as much as possible of vegetation to avoid a build up of carbon dioxide and methane in the water after first filling – this is also desirable to reduce the production of greenhouse gases22 and minimize the effects of the decomposition of organic matter on oxygen levels in the water – when rotting vegetation in the water would provide a hostile environment for any fish.5 is the ideal range) to be stored. 22 It was estimated in 2000 that dam reservoirs contributed up to 7 percent of the world’s greenhouse gases. irrigation and animal watering. Rocky areas within the confines of the reservoir can be left to provide shelter for fish and insects and for breeding purposes. This removal of existing vegetation is advisable – especially in cooler areas where the breakdown of the plant material can take a long time – when regular flows are released from the dam (for example for hydroelectric power generation) as polluted water would then be introduced into the downstream watercourse. Fish production is enhanced in alkaline waters but this would have to be considered carefully where the reservoir water was primarily for irrigation or domestic use where a neutral pH of 7. or those with steep sides and depths greater than 3-5 m. If desirable one or two such areas can be built up to create islands in the full reservoir and these will encourage bird life as well as provide extra shallow areas for fish breeding and feeding. rocky areas on the reservoir floor may have to be removed to prevent snagging and damage to nets.0 to 8. Dams with a likelihood of significant through flow. . In areas of highly acidic soils (as is common in central and southern Africa) liming the reservoir area with up to 2 t/ha (or the recommended rate for normal crop production) broadcast and then worked into the topsoil before first filling can be useful to reduce acidity and encourage more alkaline water (pH 7. Dams are rarely constructed for fish farming but can be used for this purpose in conjunction with other uses. In all cases the dams should not be stocked with fish until at least 3-4 months after first fillin.0 or lower is recommended. This will allow the water to ‘mature’ and develop a stable ecosystem that can support fish and other wildlife. For larger dams. domestic water supplies and other purposes. where netting may occur. cannot be considered as suitable for significant fish production. If fish farming is considered at the design stage of the dam.112 Manual on small earth dams Annex 3 Fish Production in Farm Dams DAMS AND FISH PRODUCTION The majority of small earth dams are constructed for water conservation. benefits in production and yield can be achieved at little extra expense in the overall cost of the dam.

manual clearing of weeds may be required to ensure plant growth is not too excessive. smaller fish. . water temperature. including turbidity. 23 This is not acceptable for dams that provide domestic water supplies. Fertilizer can take the form of inorganic material (dissolved in water and applied at time of higher water temperatures) or manure. especially if they have extensive areas of water between 3 and 5 m deep. insects and other small animals. These dams are more suited to fish farming rather than fish stocking and should be managed accordingly. it may be economic to consider liming the reservoir soil before filling and fertilizing the water. ¼ Medium dams with 3-10 ha reservoir surface area: The constraints to through flow and depth above apply. Generally areas of depth 3-5 m are ideal for fish production. ¼ Small dams less than 3 ha reservoir surface area: These structures include seasonal dams and larger fish ponds and are the most effective sources of fish production. The treatments suggested above including fertilizer or manure and liming combined with good management and supplementary feeding can achieve high yields of fish production. 14-21 days after liming has been completed. Occasionally.23 to encourage plankton and algae growth and for supplementary feeding of the fish. interfere with swimming and boating and also encourage water-borne diseases such as malaria and bilharzias. the water is oxygenated and decaying plant life provides an important source of fertilizer without having excessive vegetation and the subsequent adverse affects on the water. but generally these dams are well-suited to fish production. Fertilizing should not be done at times of high through flows or at times of low water levels. variations in pH and low oxygen content waters may also affect production. Should significant areas of the reservoir provide for shallow water. use nutrients that otherwise may produce plankton. the potential for fish production will be limited. Fertilizing/manuring of the water should be done at regular intervals in quantities that do not pollute the water. For the latter it is often advantageous to establish piggeries or similar near the dam and apply manure at a rate of up to 100 kg/ha a day – either initially worked into the soil on the dry reservoir bed or placed in small quantities at regular intervals in the shallow water.Annex 3 113 RESERVOIR SIZE AND DEPTH CONSIDERATIONS ¼ Large dams with 10 ha or more of reservoir surface area: Where such dams have significant through flows. or are mostly of depths greater than 5 m. Other factors. It is important to balance vegetation growth in a dam reservoir so shelter is provided for smaller fish. Care to maintain good vegetation control is also linked. Excessive growth of weeds will lead to lower fish populations. Fresh manure will be eaten by fish and any remaining portion will induce the growth of minute plant and animal organisms.

114 Manual on small earth dams For developing fish farming in all dams. a good start is to refer to the Simple methods for aquaculture (FAO. which includes manuals for management and farming techniques for freshwater fish culture. 2006). .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

10/2000 .64 FAO IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE PAPER Manual on small earth dams A guide to siting. The manual is primarily aimed at technicians and others with knowledge of engineering and basic irrigation systems and processes to apply the concepts. It presents readers with sound. A section also provides convenient guidance on costing. drafting tenders and awarding contracts. design and construction This publication aims to fill a void of practical guidelines for the construction of small earth dams. reliable and practical source material to improve dam siting and design capacity in rural areas. techniques and methods proposed. to introduce a beneficiary and gender sensitive approach and to enhance safety and competence in construction. ISBN 978-92-5-106547-1 ISSN 0254-5284 9 789251 065471 I1531E/1/04. using simple and straightforward design and construction procedures.

You're Reading a Free Preview

Download
scribd
/*********** DO NOT ALTER ANYTHING BELOW THIS LINE ! ************/ var s_code=s.t();if(s_code)document.write(s_code)//-->